[T106][ZXW-22]7520V3SCV2.01.01.02P42U09_VEC_V0.8_AP_VEC origin source commit
Change-Id: Ic6e05d89ecd62fc34f82b23dcf306c93764aec4b
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/android_drv.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/android_drv.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..31d9440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/android_drv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Android driver interface
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_DRV_H
+#define ANDROID_DRV_H
+
+#define WPA_EVENT_DRIVER_STATE "CTRL-EVENT-DRIVER-STATE "
+
+#define MAX_SSID_LEN 32
+
+#define MAX_DRV_CMD_SIZE 248
+#define DRV_NUMBER_SEQUENTIAL_ERRORS 4
+
+#define WEXT_PNOSETUP_HEADER "PNOSETUP "
+#define WEXT_PNOSETUP_HEADER_SIZE 9
+#define WEXT_PNO_TLV_PREFIX 'S'
+#define WEXT_PNO_TLV_VERSION '1'
+#define WEXT_PNO_TLV_SUBVERSION '2'
+#define WEXT_PNO_TLV_RESERVED '0'
+#define WEXT_PNO_VERSION_SIZE 4
+#define WEXT_PNO_AMOUNT 16
+#define WEXT_PNO_SSID_SECTION 'S'
+/* SSID header size is SSID section type above + SSID length */
+#define WEXT_PNO_SSID_HEADER_SIZE 2
+#define WEXT_PNO_SCAN_INTERVAL_SECTION 'T'
+#define WEXT_PNO_SCAN_INTERVAL_LENGTH 2
+#define WEXT_PNO_SCAN_INTERVAL 30
+/* Scan interval size is scan interval section type + scan interval length
+ * above */
+#define WEXT_PNO_SCAN_INTERVAL_SIZE (1 + WEXT_PNO_SCAN_INTERVAL_LENGTH)
+#define WEXT_PNO_REPEAT_SECTION 'R'
+#define WEXT_PNO_REPEAT_LENGTH 1
+#define WEXT_PNO_REPEAT 4
+/* Repeat section size is Repeat section type + Repeat value length above */
+#define WEXT_PNO_REPEAT_SIZE (1 + WEXT_PNO_REPEAT_LENGTH)
+#define WEXT_PNO_MAX_REPEAT_SECTION 'M'
+#define WEXT_PNO_MAX_REPEAT_LENGTH 1
+#define WEXT_PNO_MAX_REPEAT 3
+/* Max Repeat section size is Max Repeat section type + Max Repeat value length
+ * above */
+#define WEXT_PNO_MAX_REPEAT_SIZE (1 + WEXT_PNO_MAX_REPEAT_LENGTH)
+/* This corresponds to the size of all sections expect SSIDs */
+#define WEXT_PNO_NONSSID_SECTIONS_SIZE \
+(WEXT_PNO_SCAN_INTERVAL_SIZE + WEXT_PNO_REPEAT_SIZE + WEXT_PNO_MAX_REPEAT_SIZE)
+/* PNO Max command size is total of header, version, ssid and other sections +
+ * Null termination */
+#define WEXT_PNO_MAX_COMMAND_SIZE \
+ (WEXT_PNOSETUP_HEADER_SIZE + WEXT_PNO_VERSION_SIZE \
+ + WEXT_PNO_AMOUNT * (WEXT_PNO_SSID_HEADER_SIZE + MAX_SSID_LEN) \
+ + WEXT_PNO_NONSSID_SECTIONS_SIZE + 1)
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_DRV_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d3312a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6158 @@
+/*
+ * Driver interface definition
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2017, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ *
+ * This file defines a driver interface used by both %wpa_supplicant and
+ * hostapd. The first part of the file defines data structures used in various
+ * driver operations. This is followed by the struct wpa_driver_ops that each
+ * driver wrapper will beed to define with callback functions for requesting
+ * driver operations. After this, there are definitions for driver event
+ * reporting with wpa_supplicant_event() and some convenience helper functions
+ * that can be used to report events.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DRIVER_H
+#define DRIVER_H
+
+#define WPA_SUPPLICANT_DRIVER_VERSION 4
+
+#include "common/defs.h"
+#include "common/ieee802_11_defs.h"
+#include "common/wpa_common.h"
+#ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
+#include "pae/ieee802_1x_kay.h"
+#endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
+#include "utils/list.h"
+
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DISABLED 0x00000001
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_NO_IR 0x00000002
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_RADAR 0x00000008
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40PLUS 0x00000010
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40MINUS 0x00000020
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40 0x00000040
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_SURVEY_LIST_INITIALIZED 0x00000080
+
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_UNKNOWN 0x00000000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_USABLE 0x00000100
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_UNAVAILABLE 0x00000200
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_AVAILABLE 0x00000300
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_MASK 0x00000300
+
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_10_70 0x00000800
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_30_50 0x00001000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_50_30 0x00002000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_70_10 0x00004000
+
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY 0x00010000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT 0x00020000
+
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_10_150 0x00100000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_30_130 0x00200000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_50_110 0x00400000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_70_90 0x00800000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_90_70 0x01000000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_110_50 0x02000000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_130_30 0x04000000
+#define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_150_10 0x08000000
+
+/* Allowed bandwidth mask */
+enum hostapd_chan_width_attr {
+ HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_10 = BIT(0),
+ HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_20 = BIT(1),
+ HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_40P = BIT(2),
+ HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_40M = BIT(3),
+ HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_80 = BIT(4),
+ HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_160 = BIT(5),
+};
+
+/* Filter gratuitous ARP */
+#define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_ARP BIT(0)
+/* Filter unsolicited Neighbor Advertisement */
+#define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_NA BIT(1)
+/* Filter unicast IP packets encrypted using the GTK */
+#define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_GTK BIT(2)
+
+#define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_FCC 1
+#define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_ETSI 2
+#define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_JP 3
+
+/**
+ * enum reg_change_initiator - Regulatory change initiator
+ */
+enum reg_change_initiator {
+ REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
+ REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
+ REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
+ REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
+ REGDOM_BEACON_HINT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum reg_type - Regulatory change types
+ */
+enum reg_type {
+ REGDOM_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
+ REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
+ REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
+ REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
+ REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct hostapd_wmm_rule - WMM regulatory rule
+ * @min_cwmin: Lower bound of CW_min value
+ * @min_cwmax: Lower bound of CW_max value
+ * @min_aifs: Lower bound of AIFS value
+ * @max_txop: Upper bound of TXOP, value in units of 32 usec
+ */
+struct hostapd_wmm_rule {
+ int min_cwmin;
+ int min_cwmax;
+ int min_aifs;
+ int max_txop;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct hostapd_channel_data - Channel information
+ */
+struct hostapd_channel_data {
+ /**
+ * chan - Channel number (IEEE 802.11)
+ */
+ short chan;
+
+ /**
+ * freq - Frequency in MHz
+ */
+ int freq;
+
+ /**
+ * flag - Channel flags (HOSTAPD_CHAN_*)
+ */
+ int flag;
+
+ /**
+ * allowed_bw - Allowed channel width bitmask
+ *
+ * See enum hostapd_chan_width_attr.
+ */
+ u32 allowed_bw;
+
+ /**
+ * max_tx_power - Regulatory transmit power limit in dBm
+ */
+ u8 max_tx_power;
+
+ /**
+ * survey_list - Linked list of surveys (struct freq_survey)
+ */
+ struct dl_list survey_list;
+
+ /**
+ * min_nf - Minimum observed noise floor, in dBm, based on all
+ * surveyed channel data
+ */
+ s8 min_nf;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_ACS
+ /**
+ * interference_factor - Computed interference factor on this
+ * channel (used internally in src/ap/acs.c; driver wrappers do not
+ * need to set this)
+ */
+ long double interference_factor;
+#endif /* CONFIG_ACS */
+
+ /**
+ * dfs_cac_ms - DFS CAC time in milliseconds
+ */
+ unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
+
+ /**
+ * wmm_rules_valid - Indicates wmm_rules state
+ */
+ int wmm_rules_valid;
+
+ /**
+ * wmm_rules - WMM regulatory rules
+ */
+ struct hostapd_wmm_rule wmm_rules[WMM_AC_NUM];
+};
+
+#define HE_MAC_CAPAB_0 0
+#define HE_MAX_MAC_CAPAB_SIZE 6
+#define HE_MAX_PHY_CAPAB_SIZE 11
+#define HE_MAX_MCS_CAPAB_SIZE 12
+#define HE_MAX_PPET_CAPAB_SIZE 25
+
+/**
+ * struct he_capabilities - IEEE 802.11ax HE capabilities
+ */
+struct he_capabilities {
+ u8 he_supported;
+ u8 phy_cap[HE_MAX_PHY_CAPAB_SIZE];
+ u8 mac_cap[HE_MAX_MAC_CAPAB_SIZE];
+ u8 mcs[HE_MAX_MCS_CAPAB_SIZE];
+ u8 ppet[HE_MAX_PPET_CAPAB_SIZE];
+ u16 he_6ghz_capa;
+};
+
+#define HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_HT_INFO_KNOWN BIT(0)
+#define HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_VHT_INFO_KNOWN BIT(1)
+
+
+enum ieee80211_op_mode {
+ IEEE80211_MODE_INFRA = 0,
+ IEEE80211_MODE_IBSS = 1,
+ IEEE80211_MODE_AP = 2,
+ IEEE80211_MODE_MESH = 5,
+
+ /* only add new entries before IEEE80211_MODE_NUM */
+ IEEE80211_MODE_NUM
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_edmg_config - EDMG configuration
+ *
+ * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
+ * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration
+ *
+ * @channels: Bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
+ * that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
+ * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
+ * Set to 0 to indicate EDMG not supported.
+ * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
+ * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
+ */
+struct ieee80211_edmg_config {
+ u8 channels;
+ enum edmg_bw_config bw_config;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct hostapd_hw_modes - Supported hardware mode information
+ */
+struct hostapd_hw_modes {
+ /**
+ * mode - Hardware mode
+ */
+ enum hostapd_hw_mode mode;
+
+ /**
+ * num_channels - Number of entries in the channels array
+ */
+ int num_channels;
+
+ /**
+ * channels - Array of supported channels
+ */
+ struct hostapd_channel_data *channels;
+
+ /**
+ * num_rates - Number of entries in the rates array
+ */
+ int num_rates;
+
+ /**
+ * rates - Array of supported rates in 100 kbps units
+ */
+ int *rates;
+
+ /**
+ * ht_capab - HT (IEEE 802.11n) capabilities
+ */
+ u16 ht_capab;
+
+ /**
+ * mcs_set - MCS (IEEE 802.11n) rate parameters
+ */
+ u8 mcs_set[16];
+
+ /**
+ * a_mpdu_params - A-MPDU (IEEE 802.11n) parameters
+ */
+ u8 a_mpdu_params;
+
+ /**
+ * vht_capab - VHT (IEEE 802.11ac) capabilities
+ */
+ u32 vht_capab;
+
+ /**
+ * vht_mcs_set - VHT MCS (IEEE 802.11ac) rate parameters
+ */
+ u8 vht_mcs_set[8];
+
+ unsigned int flags; /* HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_* */
+
+ /**
+ * he_capab - HE (IEEE 802.11ax) capabilities
+ */
+ struct he_capabilities he_capab[IEEE80211_MODE_NUM];
+
+ /**
+ * This structure describes the most essential parameters needed
+ * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration.
+ */
+ struct ieee80211_edmg_config edmg;
+};
+
+
+#define IEEE80211_CAP_ESS 0x0001
+#define IEEE80211_CAP_IBSS 0x0002
+#define IEEE80211_CAP_PRIVACY 0x0010
+#define IEEE80211_CAP_RRM 0x1000
+
+/* DMG (60 GHz) IEEE 802.11ad */
+/* type - bits 0..1 */
+#define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_MASK 0x0003
+#define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_IBSS 0x0001 /* Tx by: STA */
+#define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_PBSS 0x0002 /* Tx by: PCP */
+#define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_AP 0x0003 /* Tx by: AP */
+
+#define WPA_SCAN_QUAL_INVALID BIT(0)
+#define WPA_SCAN_NOISE_INVALID BIT(1)
+#define WPA_SCAN_LEVEL_INVALID BIT(2)
+#define WPA_SCAN_LEVEL_DBM BIT(3)
+#define WPA_SCAN_ASSOCIATED BIT(5)
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_scan_res - Scan result for an BSS/IBSS
+ * @flags: information flags about the BSS/IBSS (WPA_SCAN_*)
+ * @bssid: BSSID
+ * @freq: frequency of the channel in MHz (e.g., 2412 = channel 1)
+ * @beacon_int: beacon interval in TUs (host byte order)
+ * @caps: capability information field in host byte order
+ * @qual: signal quality
+ * @noise: noise level
+ * @level: signal level
+ * @tsf: Timestamp
+ * @age: Age of the information in milliseconds (i.e., how many milliseconds
+ * ago the last Beacon or Probe Response frame was received)
+ * @est_throughput: Estimated throughput in kbps (this is calculated during
+ * scan result processing if left zero by the driver wrapper)
+ * @snr: Signal-to-noise ratio in dB (calculated during scan result processing)
+ * @parent_tsf: Time when the Beacon/Probe Response frame was received in terms
+ * of TSF of the BSS specified by %tsf_bssid.
+ * @tsf_bssid: The BSS that %parent_tsf TSF time refers to.
+ * @ie_len: length of the following IE field in octets
+ * @beacon_ie_len: length of the following Beacon IE field in octets
+ *
+ * This structure is used as a generic format for scan results from the
+ * driver. Each driver interface implementation is responsible for converting
+ * the driver or OS specific scan results into this format.
+ *
+ * If the driver does not support reporting all IEs, the IE data structure is
+ * constructed of the IEs that are available. This field will also need to
+ * include SSID in IE format. All drivers are encouraged to be extended to
+ * report all IEs to make it easier to support future additions.
+ *
+ * This structure data is followed by ie_len octets of IEs from Probe Response
+ * frame (or if the driver does not indicate source of IEs, these may also be
+ * from Beacon frame). After the first set of IEs, another set of IEs may follow
+ * (with beacon_ie_len octets of data) if the driver provides both IE sets.
+ */
+struct wpa_scan_res {
+ unsigned int flags;
+ u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ int freq;
+ u16 beacon_int;
+ u16 caps;
+ int qual;
+ int noise;
+ int level;
+ u64 tsf;
+ unsigned int age;
+ unsigned int est_throughput;
+ int snr;
+ u64 parent_tsf;
+ u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ size_t ie_len;
+ size_t beacon_ie_len;
+ /* Followed by ie_len + beacon_ie_len octets of IE data */
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_scan_results - Scan results
+ * @res: Array of pointers to allocated variable length scan result entries
+ * @num: Number of entries in the scan result array
+ * @fetch_time: Time when the results were fetched from the driver
+ */
+struct wpa_scan_results {
+ struct wpa_scan_res **res;
+ size_t num;
+ struct os_reltime fetch_time;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_interface_info - Network interface information
+ * @next: Pointer to the next interface or NULL if this is the last one
+ * @ifname: Interface name that can be used with init() or init2()
+ * @desc: Human readable adapter description (e.g., vendor/model) or NULL if
+ * not available
+ * @drv_name: struct wpa_driver_ops::name (note: unlike other strings, this one
+ * is not an allocated copy, i.e., get_interfaces() caller will not free
+ * this)
+ */
+struct wpa_interface_info {
+ struct wpa_interface_info *next;
+ char *ifname;
+ char *desc;
+ const char *drv_name;
+};
+
+#define WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS 16
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid - SSIDs to scan for
+ * @ssid - specific SSID to scan for (ProbeReq)
+ * %NULL or zero-length SSID is used to indicate active scan
+ * with wildcard SSID.
+ * @ssid_len - Length of the SSID in octets
+ */
+struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid {
+ const u8 *ssid;
+ size_t ssid_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_driver_scan_params - Scan parameters
+ * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::scan2().
+ */
+struct wpa_driver_scan_params {
+ /**
+ * ssids - SSIDs to scan for
+ */
+ struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid ssids[WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS];
+
+ /**
+ * num_ssids - Number of entries in ssids array
+ * Zero indicates a request for a passive scan.
+ */
+ size_t num_ssids;
+
+ /**
+ * extra_ies - Extra IE(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
+ */
+ const u8 *extra_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * extra_ies_len - Length of extra_ies in octets
+ */
+ size_t extra_ies_len;
+
+ /**
+ * freqs - Array of frequencies to scan or %NULL for all frequencies
+ *
+ * The frequency is set in MHz. The array is zero-terminated.
+ */
+ int *freqs;
+
+ /**
+ * filter_ssids - Filter for reporting SSIDs
+ *
+ * This optional parameter can be used to request the driver wrapper to
+ * filter scan results to include only the specified SSIDs. %NULL
+ * indicates that no filtering is to be done. This can be used to
+ * reduce memory needs for scan results in environments that have large
+ * number of APs with different SSIDs.
+ *
+ * The driver wrapper is allowed to take this allocated buffer into its
+ * own use by setting the pointer to %NULL. In that case, the driver
+ * wrapper is responsible for freeing the buffer with os_free() once it
+ * is not needed anymore.
+ */
+ struct wpa_driver_scan_filter {
+ u8 ssid[SSID_MAX_LEN];
+ size_t ssid_len;
+ } *filter_ssids;
+
+ /**
+ * num_filter_ssids - Number of entries in filter_ssids array
+ */
+ size_t num_filter_ssids;
+
+ /**
+ * filter_rssi - Filter by RSSI
+ *
+ * The driver may filter scan results in firmware to reduce host
+ * wakeups and thereby save power. Specify the RSSI threshold in s32
+ * dBm.
+ */
+ s32 filter_rssi;
+
+ /**
+ * p2p_probe - Used to disable CCK (802.11b) rates for P2P probes
+ *
+ * When set, the driver is expected to remove rates 1, 2, 5.5, and 11
+ * Mbps from the support rates element(s) in the Probe Request frames
+ * and not to transmit the frames at any of those rates.
+ */
+ unsigned int p2p_probe:1;
+
+ /**
+ * only_new_results - Request driver to report only new results
+ *
+ * This is used to request the driver to report only BSSes that have
+ * been detected after this scan request has been started, i.e., to
+ * flush old cached BSS entries.
+ */
+ unsigned int only_new_results:1;
+
+ /**
+ * low_priority - Requests driver to use a lower scan priority
+ *
+ * This is used to request the driver to use a lower scan priority
+ * if it supports such a thing.
+ */
+ unsigned int low_priority:1;
+
+ /**
+ * mac_addr_rand - Requests driver to randomize MAC address
+ */
+ unsigned int mac_addr_rand:1;
+
+ /**
+ * mac_addr - MAC address used with randomization. The address cannot be
+ * a multicast one, i.e., bit 0 of byte 0 should not be set.
+ */
+ u8 *mac_addr;
+
+ /**
+ * mac_addr_mask - MAC address mask used with randomization.
+ *
+ * Bits that are 0 in the mask should be randomized. Bits that are 1 in
+ * the mask should be taken as is from mac_addr. The mask should not
+ * allow the generation of a multicast address, i.e., bit 0 of byte 0
+ * must be set.
+ */
+ const u8 *mac_addr_mask;
+
+ /**
+ * sched_scan_plans - Scan plans for scheduled scan
+ *
+ * Each scan plan consists of the number of iterations to scan and the
+ * interval between scans. When a scan plan finishes (i.e., it was run
+ * for the specified number of iterations), the next scan plan is
+ * executed. The scan plans are executed in the order they appear in
+ * the array (lower index first). The last scan plan will run infinitely
+ * (until requested to stop), thus must not specify the number of
+ * iterations. All other scan plans must specify the number of
+ * iterations.
+ */
+ struct sched_scan_plan {
+ u32 interval; /* In seconds */
+ u32 iterations; /* Zero to run infinitely */
+ } *sched_scan_plans;
+
+ /**
+ * sched_scan_plans_num - Number of scan plans in sched_scan_plans array
+ */
+ unsigned int sched_scan_plans_num;
+
+ /**
+ * sched_scan_start_delay - Delay to use before starting the first scan
+ *
+ * Delay (in seconds) before scheduling first scan plan cycle. The
+ * driver may ignore this parameter and start immediately (or at any
+ * other time), if this feature is not supported.
+ */
+ u32 sched_scan_start_delay;
+
+ /**
+ * bssid - Specific BSSID to scan for
+ *
+ * This optional parameter can be used to replace the default wildcard
+ * BSSID with a specific BSSID to scan for if results are needed from
+ * only a single BSS.
+ */
+ const u8 *bssid;
+
+ /**
+ * scan_cookie - Unique identification representing the scan request
+ *
+ * This scan_cookie carries a unique identification representing the
+ * scan request if the host driver/kernel supports concurrent scan
+ * requests. This cookie is returned from the corresponding driver
+ * interface.
+ *
+ * Note: Unlike other parameters in this structure, scan_cookie is used
+ * only to return information instead of setting parameters for the
+ * scan.
+ */
+ u64 scan_cookie;
+
+ /**
+ * duration - Dwell time on each channel
+ *
+ * This optional parameter can be used to set the dwell time on each
+ * channel. In TUs.
+ */
+ u16 duration;
+
+ /**
+ * duration_mandatory - Whether the specified duration is mandatory
+ *
+ * If this is set, the duration specified by the %duration field is
+ * mandatory (and the driver should reject the scan request if it is
+ * unable to comply with the specified duration), otherwise it is the
+ * maximum duration and the actual duration may be shorter.
+ */
+ unsigned int duration_mandatory:1;
+
+ /**
+ * relative_rssi_set - Whether relative RSSI parameters are set
+ */
+ unsigned int relative_rssi_set:1;
+
+ /**
+ * relative_rssi - Relative RSSI for reporting better BSSs
+ *
+ * Amount of RSSI by which a BSS should be better than the current
+ * connected BSS to report the new BSS to user space.
+ */
+ s8 relative_rssi;
+
+ /**
+ * relative_adjust_band - Band to which RSSI should be adjusted
+ *
+ * The relative_adjust_rssi should be added to the band specified
+ * by relative_adjust_band.
+ */
+ enum set_band relative_adjust_band;
+
+ /**
+ * relative_adjust_rssi - RSSI to be added to relative_adjust_band
+ *
+ * An amount of relative_band_rssi should be added to the BSSs that
+ * belong to the band specified by relative_adjust_band while comparing
+ * with other bands for BSS reporting.
+ */
+ s8 relative_adjust_rssi;
+
+ /**
+ * oce_scan
+ *
+ * Enable the following OCE scan features: (WFA OCE TechSpec v1.0)
+ * - Accept broadcast Probe Response frame.
+ * - Probe Request frame deferral and suppression.
+ * - Max Channel Time - driver fills FILS request params IE with
+ * Maximum Channel Time.
+ * - Send 1st Probe Request frame in rate of minimum 5.5 Mbps.
+ */
+ unsigned int oce_scan:1;
+
+ /**
+ * p2p_include_6ghz - Include 6 GHz channels for P2P full scan
+ *
+ */
+ unsigned int p2p_include_6ghz:1;
+
+ /*
+ * NOTE: Whenever adding new parameters here, please make sure
+ * wpa_scan_clone_params() and wpa_scan_free_params() get updated with
+ * matching changes.
+ */
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_driver_auth_params - Authentication parameters
+ * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::authenticate().
+ */
+struct wpa_driver_auth_params {
+ int freq;
+ const u8 *bssid;
+ const u8 *ssid;
+ size_t ssid_len;
+ int auth_alg;
+ const u8 *ie;
+ size_t ie_len;
+ const u8 *wep_key[4];
+ size_t wep_key_len[4];
+ int wep_tx_keyidx;
+ int local_state_change;
+
+ /**
+ * p2p - Whether this connection is a P2P group
+ */
+ int p2p;
+
+ /**
+ * auth_data - Additional elements for Authentication frame
+ *
+ * This buffer starts with the Authentication transaction sequence
+ * number field. If no special handling of such elements is needed, this
+ * pointer is %NULL. This is used with SAE and FILS.
+ */
+ const u8 *auth_data;
+
+ /**
+ * auth_data_len - Length of auth_data buffer in octets
+ */
+ size_t auth_data_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum wps_mode - WPS mode
+ */
+enum wps_mode {
+ /**
+ * WPS_MODE_NONE - No WPS provisioning being used
+ */
+ WPS_MODE_NONE,
+
+ /**
+ * WPS_MODE_OPEN - WPS provisioning with AP that is in open mode
+ */
+ WPS_MODE_OPEN,
+
+ /**
+ * WPS_MODE_PRIVACY - WPS provisioning with AP that is using protection
+ */
+ WPS_MODE_PRIVACY
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct hostapd_freq_params - Channel parameters
+ */
+struct hostapd_freq_params {
+ /**
+ * mode - Mode/band (HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, ..)
+ */
+ enum hostapd_hw_mode mode;
+
+ /**
+ * freq - Primary channel center frequency in MHz
+ */
+ int freq;
+
+ /**
+ * channel - Channel number
+ */
+ int channel;
+
+ /**
+ * ht_enabled - Whether HT is enabled
+ */
+ int ht_enabled;
+
+ /**
+ * sec_channel_offset - Secondary channel offset for HT40
+ *
+ * 0 = HT40 disabled,
+ * -1 = HT40 enabled, secondary channel below primary,
+ * 1 = HT40 enabled, secondary channel above primary
+ */
+ int sec_channel_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * vht_enabled - Whether VHT is enabled
+ */
+ int vht_enabled;
+
+ /**
+ * he_enabled - Whether HE is enabled
+ */
+ int he_enabled;
+
+ /**
+ * center_freq1 - Segment 0 center frequency in MHz
+ *
+ * Valid for both HT and VHT.
+ */
+ int center_freq1;
+
+ /**
+ * center_freq2 - Segment 1 center frequency in MHz
+ *
+ * Non-zero only for bandwidth 80 and an 80+80 channel
+ */
+ int center_freq2;
+
+ /**
+ * bandwidth - Channel bandwidth in MHz (20, 40, 80, 160)
+ */
+ int bandwidth;
+
+ /**
+ * This structure describes the most essential parameters needed
+ * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration.
+ */
+ struct ieee80211_edmg_config edmg;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params - Authentication parameters
+ * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::sta_auth().
+ */
+struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params {
+
+ /**
+ * own_addr - Source address and BSSID for authentication frame
+ */
+ const u8 *own_addr;
+
+ /**
+ * addr - MAC address of the station to associate
+ */
+ const u8 *addr;
+
+ /**
+ * seq - authentication sequence number
+ */
+ u16 seq;
+
+ /**
+ * status - authentication response status code
+ */
+ u16 status;
+
+ /**
+ * ie - authentication frame ie buffer
+ */
+ const u8 *ie;
+
+ /**
+ * len - ie buffer length
+ */
+ size_t len;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_auth - Indicates whether FILS authentication is being performed
+ */
+ int fils_auth;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_anonce - ANonce (required for FILS)
+ */
+ u8 fils_anonce[WPA_NONCE_LEN];
+
+ /**
+ * fils_snonce - SNonce (required for FILS)
+ */
+ u8 fils_snonce[WPA_NONCE_LEN];
+
+ /**
+ * fils_kek - key for encryption (required for FILS)
+ */
+ u8 fils_kek[WPA_KEK_MAX_LEN];
+
+ /**
+ * fils_kek_len - Length of the fils_kek in octets (required for FILS)
+ */
+ size_t fils_kek_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_driver_associate_params - Association parameters
+ * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::associate().
+ */
+struct wpa_driver_associate_params {
+ /**
+ * bssid - BSSID of the selected AP
+ * This can be %NULL, if ap_scan=2 mode is used and the driver is
+ * responsible for selecting with which BSS to associate. */
+ const u8 *bssid;
+
+ /**
+ * bssid_hint - BSSID of a proposed AP
+ *
+ * This indicates which BSS has been found a suitable candidate for
+ * initial association for drivers that use driver/firmwate-based BSS
+ * selection. Unlike the @bssid parameter, @bssid_hint does not limit
+ * the driver from selecting other BSSes in the ESS.
+ */
+ const u8 *bssid_hint;
+
+ /**
+ * ssid - The selected SSID
+ */
+ const u8 *ssid;
+
+ /**
+ * ssid_len - Length of the SSID (1..32)
+ */
+ size_t ssid_len;
+
+ /**
+ * freq - channel parameters
+ */
+ struct hostapd_freq_params freq;
+
+ /**
+ * freq_hint - Frequency of the channel the proposed AP is using
+ *
+ * This provides a channel on which a suitable BSS has been found as a
+ * hint for the driver. Unlike the @freq parameter, @freq_hint does not
+ * limit the driver from selecting other channels for
+ * driver/firmware-based BSS selection.
+ */
+ int freq_hint;
+
+ /**
+ * bg_scan_period - Background scan period in seconds, 0 to disable
+ * background scan, or -1 to indicate no change to default driver
+ * configuration
+ */
+ int bg_scan_period;
+
+ /**
+ * beacon_int - Beacon interval for IBSS or 0 to use driver default
+ */
+ int beacon_int;
+
+ /**
+ * wpa_ie - WPA information element for (Re)Association Request
+ * WPA information element to be included in (Re)Association
+ * Request (including information element id and length). Use
+ * of this WPA IE is optional. If the driver generates the WPA
+ * IE, it can use pairwise_suite, group_suite, group_mgmt_suite, and
+ * key_mgmt_suite to select proper algorithms. In this case,
+ * the driver has to notify wpa_supplicant about the used WPA
+ * IE by generating an event that the interface code will
+ * convert into EVENT_ASSOCINFO data (see below).
+ *
+ * When using WPA2/IEEE 802.11i, wpa_ie is used for RSN IE
+ * instead. The driver can determine which version is used by
+ * looking at the first byte of the IE (0xdd for WPA, 0x30 for
+ * WPA2/RSN).
+ *
+ * When using WPS, wpa_ie is used for WPS IE instead of WPA/RSN IE.
+ */
+ const u8 *wpa_ie;
+
+ /**
+ * wpa_ie_len - length of the wpa_ie
+ */
+ size_t wpa_ie_len;
+
+ /**
+ * wpa_proto - Bitfield of WPA_PROTO_* values to indicate WPA/WPA2
+ */
+ unsigned int wpa_proto;
+
+ /**
+ * pairwise_suite - Selected pairwise cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
+ *
+ * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
+ */
+ unsigned int pairwise_suite;
+
+ /**
+ * group_suite - Selected group cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
+ *
+ * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
+ */
+ unsigned int group_suite;
+
+ /**
+ * mgmt_group_suite - Selected group management cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
+ *
+ * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
+ */
+ unsigned int mgmt_group_suite;
+
+ /**
+ * key_mgmt_suite - Selected key management suite (WPA_KEY_MGMT_*)
+ *
+ * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
+ */
+ unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
+
+ /**
+ * auth_alg - Allowed authentication algorithms
+ * Bit field of WPA_AUTH_ALG_*
+ */
+ int auth_alg;
+
+ /**
+ * mode - Operation mode (infra/ibss) IEEE80211_MODE_*
+ */
+ int mode;
+
+ /**
+ * wep_key - WEP keys for static WEP configuration
+ */
+ const u8 *wep_key[4];
+
+ /**
+ * wep_key_len - WEP key length for static WEP configuration
+ */
+ size_t wep_key_len[4];
+
+ /**
+ * wep_tx_keyidx - WEP TX key index for static WEP configuration
+ */
+ int wep_tx_keyidx;
+
+ /**
+ * mgmt_frame_protection - IEEE 802.11w management frame protection
+ */
+ enum mfp_options mgmt_frame_protection;
+
+ /**
+ * passphrase - RSN passphrase for PSK
+ *
+ * This value is made available only for WPA/WPA2-Personal (PSK) and
+ * only for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK. This
+ * is the 8..63 character ASCII passphrase, if available. Please note
+ * that this can be %NULL if passphrase was not used to generate the
+ * PSK. In that case, the psk field must be used to fetch the PSK.
+ */
+ const char *passphrase;
+
+ /**
+ * psk - RSN PSK (alternative for passphrase for PSK)
+ *
+ * This value is made available only for WPA/WPA2-Personal (PSK) and
+ * only for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK. This
+ * is the 32-octet (256-bit) PSK, if available. The driver wrapper
+ * should be prepared to handle %NULL value as an error.
+ */
+ const u8 *psk;
+
+ /**
+ * drop_unencrypted - Enable/disable unencrypted frame filtering
+ *
+ * Configure the driver to drop all non-EAPOL frames (both receive and
+ * transmit paths). Unencrypted EAPOL frames (ethertype 0x888e) must
+ * still be allowed for key negotiation.
+ */
+ int drop_unencrypted;
+
+ /**
+ * prev_bssid - Previously used BSSID in this ESS
+ *
+ * When not %NULL, this is a request to use reassociation instead of
+ * association.
+ */
+ const u8 *prev_bssid;
+
+ /**
+ * wps - WPS mode
+ *
+ * If the driver needs to do special configuration for WPS association,
+ * this variable provides more information on what type of association
+ * is being requested. Most drivers should not need ot use this.
+ */
+ enum wps_mode wps;
+
+ /**
+ * p2p - Whether this connection is a P2P group
+ */
+ int p2p;
+
+ /**
+ * uapsd - UAPSD parameters for the network
+ * -1 = do not change defaults
+ * AP mode: 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled
+ * STA mode: bits 0..3 UAPSD enabled for VO,VI,BK,BE
+ */
+ int uapsd;
+
+ /**
+ * fixed_bssid - Whether to force this BSSID in IBSS mode
+ * 1 = Fix this BSSID and prevent merges.
+ * 0 = Do not fix BSSID.
+ */
+ int fixed_bssid;
+
+ /**
+ * fixed_freq - Fix control channel in IBSS mode
+ * 0 = don't fix control channel (default)
+ * 1 = fix control channel; this prevents IBSS merging with another
+ * channel
+ */
+ int fixed_freq;
+
+ /**
+ * disable_ht - Disable HT (IEEE 802.11n) for this connection
+ */
+ int disable_ht;
+
+ /**
+ * htcaps - HT Capabilities over-rides
+ *
+ * Only bits set in the mask will be used, and not all values are used
+ * by the kernel anyway. Currently, MCS, MPDU and MSDU fields are used.
+ *
+ * Pointer to struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities.
+ */
+ const u8 *htcaps;
+
+ /**
+ * htcaps_mask - HT Capabilities over-rides mask
+ *
+ * Pointer to struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities.
+ */
+ const u8 *htcaps_mask;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES
+ /**
+ * disable_vht - Disable VHT for this connection
+ */
+ int disable_vht;
+
+ /**
+ * VHT capability overrides.
+ */
+ const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vhtcaps;
+ const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vhtcaps_mask;
+#endif /* CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES */
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES
+ /**
+ * disable_he - Disable HE for this connection
+ */
+ int disable_he;
+#endif /* CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES */
+
+ /**
+ * req_key_mgmt_offload - Request key management offload for connection
+ *
+ * Request key management offload for this connection if the device
+ * supports it.
+ */
+ int req_key_mgmt_offload;
+
+ /**
+ * req_handshake_offload - Request EAPOL handshake offload
+ *
+ * Request EAPOL handshake offload for this connection if the device
+ * supports it.
+ */
+ int req_handshake_offload;
+
+ /**
+ * Flag for indicating whether this association includes support for
+ * RRM (Radio Resource Measurements)
+ */
+ int rrm_used;
+
+ /**
+ * pbss - If set, connect to a PCP in a PBSS. Otherwise, connect to an
+ * AP as usual. Valid for DMG network only.
+ */
+ int pbss;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_kek - KEK for FILS association frame protection (AES-SIV)
+ */
+ const u8 *fils_kek;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in bytes
+ */
+ size_t fils_kek_len;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_nonces - Nonces for FILS association frame protection
+ * (AES-SIV AAD)
+ */
+ const u8 *fils_nonces;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_nonces_len: Length of fils_nonce in bytes
+ */
+ size_t fils_nonces_len;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_username - Username part of keyName-NAI
+ */
+ const u8 *fils_erp_username;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_username_len - Length of fils_erp_username in bytes
+ */
+ size_t fils_erp_username_len;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_realm - Realm/domain name to use in FILS ERP
+ */
+ const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_realm_len - Length of fils_erp_realm in bytes
+ */
+ size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in FILS ERP
+ * messages
+ */
+ u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_rrk - Re-authentication root key (rRK) for the keyName-NAI
+ * specified by fils_erp_username@fils_erp_realm.
+ */
+ const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_rrk_len - Length of fils_erp_rrk in bytes
+ */
+ size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
+
+ /**
+ * sae_pwe - SAE mechanism for PWE derivation
+ * 0 = hunting-and-pecking loop only
+ * 1 = hash-to-element only
+ * 2 = both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element enabled
+ */
+ int sae_pwe;
+};
+
+enum hide_ssid {
+ NO_SSID_HIDING,
+ HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
+ HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
+};
+
+enum ch_switch_state {
+ CH_SW_STARTED,
+ CH_SW_FINISHED
+};
+
+struct wowlan_triggers {
+ u8 any;
+ u8 disconnect;
+ u8 magic_pkt;
+ u8 gtk_rekey_failure;
+ u8 eap_identity_req;
+ u8 four_way_handshake;
+ u8 rfkill_release;
+};
+
+struct wpa_driver_ap_params {
+ /**
+ * head - Beacon head from IEEE 802.11 header to IEs before TIM IE
+ */
+ u8 *head;
+
+ /**
+ * head_len - Length of the head buffer in octets
+ */
+ size_t head_len;
+
+ /**
+ * tail - Beacon tail following TIM IE
+ */
+ u8 *tail;
+
+ /**
+ * tail_len - Length of the tail buffer in octets
+ */
+ size_t tail_len;
+
+ /**
+ * dtim_period - DTIM period
+ */
+ int dtim_period;
+
+ /**
+ * beacon_int - Beacon interval
+ */
+ int beacon_int;
+
+ /**
+ * basic_rates: -1 terminated array of basic rates in 100 kbps
+ *
+ * This parameter can be used to set a specific basic rate set for the
+ * BSS. If %NULL, default basic rate set is used.
+ */
+ int *basic_rates;
+
+ /**
+ * beacon_rate: Beacon frame data rate
+ *
+ * This parameter can be used to set a specific Beacon frame data rate
+ * for the BSS. The interpretation of this value depends on the
+ * rate_type (legacy: in 100 kbps units, HT: HT-MCS, VHT: VHT-MCS,
+ * HE: HE-MCS). If beacon_rate == 0 and rate_type == 0
+ * (BEACON_RATE_LEGACY), the default Beacon frame data rate is used.
+ */
+ unsigned int beacon_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * beacon_rate_type: Beacon data rate type (legacy/HT/VHT/HE)
+ */
+ enum beacon_rate_type rate_type;
+
+ /**
+ * proberesp - Probe Response template
+ *
+ * This is used by drivers that reply to Probe Requests internally in
+ * AP mode and require the full Probe Response template.
+ */
+ u8 *proberesp;
+
+ /**
+ * proberesp_len - Length of the proberesp buffer in octets
+ */
+ size_t proberesp_len;
+
+ /**
+ * ssid - The SSID to use in Beacon/Probe Response frames
+ */
+ const u8 *ssid;
+
+ /**
+ * ssid_len - Length of the SSID (1..32)
+ */
+ size_t ssid_len;
+
+ /**
+ * hide_ssid - Whether to hide the SSID
+ */
+ enum hide_ssid hide_ssid;
+
+ /**
+ * pairwise_ciphers - WPA_CIPHER_* bitfield
+ */
+ unsigned int pairwise_ciphers;
+
+ /**
+ * group_cipher - WPA_CIPHER_*
+ */
+ unsigned int group_cipher;
+
+ /**
+ * key_mgmt_suites - WPA_KEY_MGMT_* bitfield
+ */
+ unsigned int key_mgmt_suites;
+
+ /**
+ * auth_algs - WPA_AUTH_ALG_* bitfield
+ */
+ unsigned int auth_algs;
+
+ /**
+ * wpa_version - WPA_PROTO_* bitfield
+ */
+ unsigned int wpa_version;
+
+ /**
+ * privacy - Whether privacy is used in the BSS
+ */
+ int privacy;
+
+ /**
+ * beacon_ies - WPS/P2P IE(s) for Beacon frames
+ *
+ * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE and P2P IE by drivers that do
+ * not use the full Beacon template.
+ */
+ const struct wpabuf *beacon_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * proberesp_ies - P2P/WPS IE(s) for Probe Response frames
+ *
+ * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE and P2P IE by drivers that
+ * reply to Probe Request frames internally.
+ */
+ const struct wpabuf *proberesp_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * assocresp_ies - WPS IE(s) for (Re)Association Response frames
+ *
+ * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE by drivers that reply to
+ * (Re)Association Request frames internally.
+ */
+ const struct wpabuf *assocresp_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * isolate - Whether to isolate frames between associated stations
+ *
+ * If this is non-zero, the AP is requested to disable forwarding of
+ * frames between associated stations.
+ */
+ int isolate;
+
+ /**
+ * cts_protect - Whether CTS protection is enabled
+ */
+ int cts_protect;
+
+ /**
+ * preamble - Whether short preamble is enabled
+ */
+ int preamble;
+
+ /**
+ * short_slot_time - Whether short slot time is enabled
+ *
+ * 0 = short slot time disable, 1 = short slot time enabled, -1 = do
+ * not set (e.g., when 802.11g mode is not in use)
+ */
+ int short_slot_time;
+
+ /**
+ * ht_opmode - HT operation mode or -1 if HT not in use
+ */
+ int ht_opmode;
+
+ /**
+ * interworking - Whether Interworking is enabled
+ */
+ int interworking;
+
+ /**
+ * hessid - Homogeneous ESS identifier or %NULL if not set
+ */
+ const u8 *hessid;
+
+ /**
+ * access_network_type - Access Network Type (0..15)
+ *
+ * This is used for filtering Probe Request frames when Interworking is
+ * enabled.
+ */
+ u8 access_network_type;
+
+ /**
+ * ap_max_inactivity - Timeout in seconds to detect STA's inactivity
+ *
+ * This is used by driver which advertises this capability.
+ */
+ int ap_max_inactivity;
+
+ /**
+ * ctwindow - Client Traffic Window (in TUs)
+ */
+ u8 p2p_go_ctwindow;
+
+ /**
+ * disable_dgaf - Whether group-addressed frames are disabled
+ */
+ int disable_dgaf;
+
+ /**
+ * osen - Whether OSEN security is enabled
+ */
+ int osen;
+
+ /**
+ * freq - Channel parameters for dynamic bandwidth changes
+ */
+ struct hostapd_freq_params *freq;
+
+ /**
+ * reenable - Whether this is to re-enable beaconing
+ */
+ int reenable;
+
+ /**
+ * pbss - Whether to start a PCP (in PBSS) instead of an AP in
+ * infrastructure BSS. Valid only for DMG network.
+ */
+ int pbss;
+
+ /**
+ * multicast_to_unicast - Whether to use multicast_to_unicast
+ *
+ * If this is non-zero, the AP is requested to perform multicast to
+ * unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4, and IPv6 frames (possibly within
+ * 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent to each station
+ * separately, with the DA replaced by their own MAC address rather
+ * than the group address.
+ *
+ * Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver, such
+ * as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within multicast
+ * L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination unreachable
+ * messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which is required,
+ * but the receiver can't tell the difference if this new option is
+ * enabled.)
+ *
+ * This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast
+ * service).
+ */
+ int multicast_to_unicast;
+
+ /**
+ * ftm_responder - Whether FTM responder is enabled
+ */
+ int ftm_responder;
+
+ /**
+ * lci - Binary data, the content of an LCI report IE with type 8 as
+ * defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.22.10
+ */
+ const struct wpabuf *lci;
+
+ /**
+ * civic - Binary data, the content of a measurement report IE with
+ * type 11 as defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.22.13
+ */
+ const struct wpabuf *civic;
+
+ /**
+ * he_spr_ctrl - Spatial Reuse control field of SPR element
+ */
+ u8 he_spr_ctrl;
+
+ /**
+ * he_spr_non_srg_obss_pd_max_offset - Non-SRG Maximum TX power offset
+ */
+ u8 he_spr_non_srg_obss_pd_max_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * he_spr_srg_obss_pd_min_offset - Minimum TX power offset
+ */
+ u8 he_spr_srg_obss_pd_min_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * he_spr_srg_obss_pd_max_offset - Maximum TX power offset
+ */
+ u8 he_spr_srg_obss_pd_max_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * he_spr_bss_color_bitmap - BSS color values used by members of the
+ * SRG.
+ */
+ u8 he_spr_bss_color_bitmap[8];
+
+ /**
+ * he_spr_partial_bssid_bitmap - Partial BSSID values used by members
+ * of the SRG.
+ */
+ u8 he_spr_partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
+
+ /**
+ * he_bss_color - Whether the BSS Color is disabled
+ */
+ int he_bss_color_disabled;
+
+ /**
+ * he_bss_color_partial - The BSS Color AID equation
+ */
+ int he_bss_color_partial;
+
+ /**
+ * he_bss_color - The BSS Color of the AP
+ */
+ int he_bss_color;
+
+ /**
+ * twt_responder - Whether Target Wait Time responder is enabled
+ */
+ int twt_responder;
+
+ /**
+ * sae_pwe - SAE mechanism for PWE derivation
+ * 0 = hunting-and-pecking loop only
+ * 1 = hash-to-element only
+ * 2 = both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element enabled
+ */
+ int sae_pwe;
+
+ /**
+ * FILS Discovery frame minimum interval in TUs
+ */
+ u32 fd_min_int;
+
+ /**
+ * FILS Discovery frame maximum interval in TUs (0 = FD frame disabled)
+ */
+ u32 fd_max_int;
+
+ /**
+ * FILS Discovery frame template data
+ */
+ u8 *fd_frame_tmpl;
+
+ /**
+ * FILS Discovery frame template length
+ */
+ size_t fd_frame_tmpl_len;
+
+ /**
+ * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response interval in TUs
+ */
+ unsigned int unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
+
+ /**
+ * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response template data
+ */
+ u8 *unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl;
+
+ /**
+ * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response template length
+ */
+ size_t unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl_len;
+};
+
+struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params {
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_AUTO_PLINKS 0x00000001
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_PEER_LINK_TIMEOUT 0x00000002
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_MAX_PEER_LINKS 0x00000004
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_HT_OP_MODE 0x00000008
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_RSSI_THRESHOLD 0x00000010
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_FORWARDING 0x00000020
+ /*
+ * TODO: Other mesh configuration parameters would go here.
+ * See NL80211_MESHCONF_* for all the mesh config parameters.
+ */
+ unsigned int flags;
+ int auto_plinks;
+ int peer_link_timeout;
+ int max_peer_links;
+ int rssi_threshold;
+ int forwarding;
+ u16 ht_opmode;
+};
+
+struct wpa_driver_mesh_join_params {
+ const u8 *meshid;
+ int meshid_len;
+ const int *basic_rates;
+ const u8 *ies;
+ int ie_len;
+ struct hostapd_freq_params freq;
+ int beacon_int;
+ int dtim_period;
+ struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params conf;
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_USER_MPM 0x00000001
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_DRIVER_MPM 0x00000002
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_SAE_AUTH 0x00000004
+#define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_AMPE 0x00000008
+ unsigned int flags;
+ bool handle_dfs;
+};
+
+struct wpa_driver_set_key_params {
+ /**
+ * ifname - Interface name (for multi-SSID/VLAN support) */
+ const char *ifname;
+
+ /**
+ * alg - Encryption algorithm
+ *
+ * (%WPA_ALG_NONE, %WPA_ALG_WEP, %WPA_ALG_TKIP, %WPA_ALG_CCMP,
+ * %WPA_ALG_BIP_AES_CMAC_128, %WPA_ALG_GCMP, %WPA_ALG_GCMP_256,
+ * %WPA_ALG_CCMP_256, %WPA_ALG_BIP_GMAC_128, %WPA_ALG_BIP_GMAC_256,
+ * %WPA_ALG_BIP_CMAC_256);
+ * %WPA_ALG_NONE clears the key. */
+ enum wpa_alg alg;
+
+ /**
+ * addr - Address of the peer STA
+ *
+ * (BSSID of the current AP when setting pairwise key in station mode),
+ * ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for broadcast keys, %NULL for default keys that
+ * are used both for broadcast and unicast; when clearing keys, %NULL
+ * is used to indicate that both the broadcast-only and default key of
+ * the specified key index is to be cleared */
+ const u8 *addr;
+
+ /**
+ * key_idx - Key index
+ *
+ * (0..3), usually 0 for unicast keys; 4..5 for IGTK; 6..7 for BIGTK */
+ int key_idx;
+
+ /**
+ * set_tx - Configure this key as the default Tx key
+ *
+ * Only used when driver does not support separate unicast/individual
+ * key */
+ int set_tx;
+
+ /**
+ * seq - Sequence number/packet number
+ *
+ * seq_len octets, the next packet number to be used for in replay
+ * protection; configured for Rx keys (in most cases, this is only used
+ * with broadcast keys and set to zero for unicast keys); %NULL if not
+ * set */
+ const u8 *seq;
+
+ /**
+ * seq_len - Length of the seq, depends on the algorithm
+ *
+ * TKIP: 6 octets, CCMP/GCMP: 6 octets, IGTK: 6 octets */
+ size_t seq_len;
+
+ /**
+ * key - Key buffer
+ *
+ * TKIP: 16-byte temporal key, 8-byte Tx Mic key, 8-byte Rx Mic Key */
+ const u8 *key;
+
+ /**
+ * key_len - Length of the key buffer in octets
+ *
+ * WEP: 5 or 13, TKIP: 32, CCMP/GCMP: 16, IGTK: 16 */
+ size_t key_len;
+
+ /**
+ * vlan_id - VLAN index (0..4095) for VLAN offload cases */
+ int vlan_id;
+
+ /**
+ * key_flag - Additional key flags
+ *
+ * %KEY_FLAG_MODIFY
+ * Set when an already installed key must be updated.
+ * So far the only use-case is changing RX/TX status for
+ * pairwise keys. Must not be set when deleting a key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_DEFAULT
+ * Set when the key is also a default key. Must not be set when
+ * deleting a key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_RX
+ * The key is valid for RX. Must not be set when deleting a key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_TX
+ * The key is valid for TX. Must not be set when deleting a key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP
+ * The key is a broadcast or group key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE
+ * The key is a pairwise key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_PMK
+ * The key is a Pairwise Master Key (PMK).
+ *
+ * Valid and pre-defined combinations are:
+ * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX
+ * WEP key not to be installed as default key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX_DEFAULT
+ * Default WEP or WPA-NONE key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX
+ * GTK key valid for RX only.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_TX_DEFAULT
+ * GTK key valid for TX only, immediately taking over TX.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX
+ * Pairwise key immediately becoming the active pairwise key.
+ * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX
+ * Pairwise key not yet valid for TX. (Only usable when Extended
+ * Key ID is supported by the driver.)
+ * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX_MODIFY
+ * Enable TX for a pairwise key installed with
+ * KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX.
+ *
+ * Not a valid standalone key type but pre-defined to be combined
+ * with other key_flags:
+ * %KEY_FLAG_RX_TX
+ * RX/TX key. */
+ enum key_flag key_flag;
+};
+
+enum wpa_driver_if_type {
+ /**
+ * WPA_IF_STATION - Station mode interface
+ */
+ WPA_IF_STATION,
+
+ /**
+ * WPA_IF_AP_VLAN - AP mode VLAN interface
+ *
+ * This interface shares its address and Beacon frame with the main
+ * BSS.
+ */
+ WPA_IF_AP_VLAN,
+
+ /**
+ * WPA_IF_AP_BSS - AP mode BSS interface
+ *
+ * This interface has its own address and Beacon frame.
+ */
+ WPA_IF_AP_BSS,
+
+ /**
+ * WPA_IF_P2P_GO - P2P Group Owner
+ */
+ WPA_IF_P2P_GO,
+
+ /**
+ * WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT - P2P Client
+ */
+ WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT,
+
+ /**
+ * WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP - P2P Group interface (will become either
+ * WPA_IF_P2P_GO or WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT, but the role is not yet known)
+ */
+ WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP,
+
+ /**
+ * WPA_IF_P2P_DEVICE - P2P Device interface is used to indentify the
+ * abstracted P2P Device function in the driver
+ */
+ WPA_IF_P2P_DEVICE,
+
+ /*
+ * WPA_IF_MESH - Mesh interface
+ */
+ WPA_IF_MESH,
+
+ /*
+ * WPA_IF_TDLS - TDLS offchannel interface (used for pref freq only)
+ */
+ WPA_IF_TDLS,
+
+ /*
+ * WPA_IF_IBSS - IBSS interface (used for pref freq only)
+ */
+ WPA_IF_IBSS,
+
+ /*
+ * WPA_IF_NAN - NAN Device
+ */
+ WPA_IF_NAN,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ WPA_IF_MAX
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_driver_capa - Driver capability information
+ */
+struct wpa_driver_capa {
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA 0x00000001
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA2 0x00000002
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_PSK 0x00000004
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA2_PSK 0x00000008
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE 0x00000010
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT 0x00000020
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_PSK 0x00000040
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WAPI_PSK 0x00000080
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SUITE_B 0x00000100
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SUITE_B_192 0x00000200
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_OWE 0x00000400
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_DPP 0x00000800
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FILS_SHA256 0x00001000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FILS_SHA384 0x00002000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_FILS_SHA256 0x00004000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_FILS_SHA384 0x00008000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SAE 0x00010000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_802_1X_SHA256 0x00020000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_PSK_SHA256 0x00040000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_TPK_HANDSHAKE 0x00080000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_SAE 0x00100000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_802_1X_SHA384 0x00200000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_CCKM 0x00400000
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_OSEN 0x00800000
+ /** Bitfield of supported key management suites */
+ unsigned int key_mgmt;
+ unsigned int key_mgmt_iftype[WPA_IF_MAX];
+
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP40 0x00000001
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP104 0x00000002
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_TKIP 0x00000004
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_CCMP 0x00000008
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP128 0x00000010
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GCMP 0x00000020
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GCMP_256 0x00000040
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_CCMP_256 0x00000080
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP 0x00000100
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_GMAC_128 0x00000200
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_GMAC_256 0x00000400
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_CMAC_256 0x00000800
+#define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GTK_NOT_USED 0x00001000
+ /** Bitfield of supported cipher suites */
+ unsigned int enc;
+
+#define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_OPEN 0x00000001
+#define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_SHARED 0x00000002
+#define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_LEAP 0x00000004
+ /** Bitfield of supported IEEE 802.11 authentication algorithms */
+ unsigned int auth;
+
+/** Driver generated WPA/RSN IE */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DRIVER_IE 0x00000001
+/** Driver needs static WEP key setup after association command */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC 0x00000002
+/** Driver takes care of all DFS operations */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DFS_OFFLOAD 0x00000004
+/** Driver takes care of RSN 4-way handshake internally; PMK is configured with
+ * struct wpa_driver_ops::set_key using key_flag = KEY_FLAG_PMK */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_8021X 0x00000008
+/** Driver is for a wired Ethernet interface */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WIRED 0x00000010
+/** Driver provides separate commands for authentication and association (SME in
+ * wpa_supplicant). */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME 0x00000020
+/** Driver supports AP mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP 0x00000040
+/** Driver needs static WEP key setup after association has been completed */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE 0x00000080
+/** Driver supports dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel changes during BSS lifetime */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_2040_COEX 0x00000100
+/** Driver supports concurrent P2P operations */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CONCURRENT 0x00000200
+/**
+ * Driver uses the initial interface as a dedicated management interface, i.e.,
+ * it cannot be used for P2P group operations or non-P2P purposes.
+ */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE 0x00000400
+/** This interface is P2P capable (P2P GO or P2P Client) */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CAPABLE 0x00000800
+/** Driver supports station and key removal when stopping an AP */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_TEARDOWN_SUPPORT 0x00001000
+/**
+ * Driver uses the initial interface for P2P management interface and non-P2P
+ * purposes (e.g., connect to infra AP), but this interface cannot be used for
+ * P2P group operations.
+ */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P 0x00002000
+/**
+ * Driver is known to use valid error codes, i.e., when it indicates that
+ * something (e.g., association) fails, there was indeed a failure and the
+ * operation does not end up getting completed successfully later.
+ */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VALID_ERROR_CODES 0x00004000
+/** Driver supports off-channel TX */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX 0x00008000
+/** Driver indicates TX status events for EAPOL Data frames */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_EAPOL_TX_STATUS 0x00010000
+/** Driver indicates TX status events for Deauth/Disassoc frames */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DEAUTH_TX_STATUS 0x00020000
+/** Driver supports roaming (BSS selection) in firmware */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION 0x00040000
+/** Driver supports operating as a TDLS peer */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_SUPPORT 0x00080000
+/** Driver requires external TDLS setup/teardown/discovery */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP 0x00100000
+/** Driver indicates support for Probe Response offloading in AP mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD 0x00200000
+/** Driver supports U-APSD in AP mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_UAPSD 0x00400000
+/** Driver supports inactivity timer in AP mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_INACTIVITY_TIMER 0x00800000
+/** Driver expects user space implementation of MLME in AP mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_MLME 0x01000000
+/** Driver supports SAE with user space SME */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SAE 0x02000000
+/** Driver makes use of OBSS scan mechanism in wpa_supplicant */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OBSS_SCAN 0x04000000
+/** Driver supports IBSS (Ad-hoc) mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_IBSS 0x08000000
+/** Driver supports radar detection */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_RADAR 0x10000000
+/** Driver supports a dedicated interface for P2P Device */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DEDICATED_P2P_DEVICE 0x20000000
+/** Driver supports QoS Mapping */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_QOS_MAPPING 0x40000000
+/** Driver supports CSA in AP mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_CSA 0x80000000
+/** Driver supports mesh */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MESH 0x0000000100000000ULL
+/** Driver support ACS offload */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD 0x0000000200000000ULL
+/** Driver supports key management offload */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_KEY_MGMT_OFFLOAD 0x0000000400000000ULL
+/** Driver supports TDLS channel switching */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH 0x0000000800000000ULL
+/** Driver supports IBSS with HT datarates */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS 0x0000001000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VHT_IBSS 0x0000002000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports automatic band selection */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_HW_MODE_ANY 0x0000004000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports simultaneous off-channel operations */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_SIMULTANEOUS 0x0000008000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports full AP client state */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE 0x0000010000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports P2P Listen offload */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_LISTEN_OFFLOAD 0x0000020000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports FILS */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_FILS 0x0000040000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (legacy rates) */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY 0x0000080000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (HT rates) */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_HT 0x0000100000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (VHT rates) */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_VHT 0x0000200000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports mgmt_tx with random TX address in non-connected state */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA 0x0000400000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports mgmt_tx with random TX addr in connected state */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED 0x0000800000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports better BSS reporting with sched_scan in connected mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI 0x0001000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports HE capabilities */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HE_CAPABILITIES 0x0002000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports FILS shared key offload */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD 0x0004000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports all OCE STA specific mandatory features */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_STA 0x0008000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports all OCE AP specific mandatory features */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_AP 0x0010000000000000ULL
+/**
+ * Driver supports all OCE STA-CFON specific mandatory features only.
+ * If a driver sets this bit but not the %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_AP, the
+ * userspace shall assume that this driver may not support all OCE AP
+ * functionality but can support only OCE STA-CFON functionality.
+ */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_STA_CFON 0x0020000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports MFP-optional in the connect command */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MFP_OPTIONAL 0x0040000000000000ULL
+/** Driver is a self-managed regulatory device */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SELF_MANAGED_REGULATORY 0x0080000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports FTM responder functionality */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FTM_RESPONDER 0x0100000000000000ULL
+/** Driver support 4-way handshake offload for WPA-Personal */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK 0x0200000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports a separate control port TX for EAPOL frames */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_CONTROL_PORT 0x0400000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports VLAN offload */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VLAN_OFFLOAD 0x0800000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports UPDATE_FT_IES command */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_UPDATE_FT_IES 0x1000000000000000ULL
+/** Driver can correctly rekey PTKs without Extended Key ID */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SAFE_PTK0_REKEYS 0x2000000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports Beacon protection */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_PROTECTION 0x4000000000000000ULL
+/** Driver supports Extended Key ID */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_EXTENDED_KEY_ID 0x8000000000000000ULL
+ u64 flags;
+
+/** Driver supports a separate control port RX for EAPOL frames */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_CONTROL_PORT_RX 0x0000000000000001ULL
+/** Driver supports TX status reports for EAPOL frames through control port */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_CONTROL_PORT_TX_STATUS 0x0000000000000002ULL
+/** Driver supports secure LTF */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_LTF 0x0000000000000004ULL
+/** Driver supports secure RTT measurement exchange */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_RTT 0x0000000000000008ULL
+/**
+ * Driver supports protection of range negotiation and measurement management
+ * frames
+ */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_PROT_RANGE_NEG 0x0000000000000010ULL
+/** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (HE rates) */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_BEACON_RATE_HE 0x0000000000000020ULL
+/** Driver supports Beacon protection only in client mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT 0x0000000000000040ULL
+/** Driver supports Operating Channel Validation */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_OCV 0x0000000000000080ULL
+/** Driver expects user space implementation of SME in AP mode */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_AP_SME 0x0000000000000100ULL
+ u64 flags2;
+
+#define FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE_SUPP(drv_flags) \
+ (drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE)
+
+ unsigned int wmm_ac_supported:1;
+
+ unsigned int mac_addr_rand_scan_supported:1;
+ unsigned int mac_addr_rand_sched_scan_supported:1;
+
+ /** Maximum number of supported active probe SSIDs */
+ int max_scan_ssids;
+
+ /** Maximum number of supported active probe SSIDs for sched_scan */
+ int max_sched_scan_ssids;
+
+ /** Maximum number of supported scan plans for scheduled scan */
+ unsigned int max_sched_scan_plans;
+
+ /** Maximum interval in a scan plan. In seconds */
+ u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
+
+ /** Maximum number of iterations in a single scan plan */
+ u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
+
+ /** Whether sched_scan (offloaded scanning) is supported */
+ int sched_scan_supported;
+
+ /** Maximum number of supported match sets for sched_scan */
+ int max_match_sets;
+
+ /**
+ * max_remain_on_chan - Maximum remain-on-channel duration in msec
+ */
+ unsigned int max_remain_on_chan;
+
+ /**
+ * max_stations - Maximum number of associated stations the driver
+ * supports in AP mode
+ */
+ unsigned int max_stations;
+
+ /**
+ * probe_resp_offloads - Bitmap of supported protocols by the driver
+ * for Probe Response offloading.
+ */
+/** Driver Probe Response offloading support for WPS ver. 1 */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_WPS 0x00000001
+/** Driver Probe Response offloading support for WPS ver. 2 */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_WPS2 0x00000002
+/** Driver Probe Response offloading support for P2P */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_P2P 0x00000004
+/** Driver Probe Response offloading support for IEEE 802.11u (Interworking) */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_INTERWORKING 0x00000008
+ unsigned int probe_resp_offloads;
+
+ unsigned int max_acl_mac_addrs;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of supported concurrent channels
+ */
+ unsigned int num_multichan_concurrent;
+
+ /**
+ * extended_capa - extended capabilities in driver/device
+ *
+ * Must be allocated and freed by driver and the pointers must be
+ * valid for the lifetime of the driver, i.e., freed in deinit()
+ */
+ const u8 *extended_capa, *extended_capa_mask;
+ unsigned int extended_capa_len;
+
+ struct wowlan_triggers wowlan_triggers;
+
+/** Driver adds the DS Params Set IE in Probe Request frames */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES 0x00000001
+/** Driver adds the WFA TPC IE in Probe Request frames */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES 0x00000002
+/** Driver handles quiet period requests */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_QUIET 0x00000004
+/**
+ * Driver is capable of inserting the current TX power value into the body of
+ * transmitted frames.
+ * Background: Some Action frames include a TPC Report IE. This IE contains a
+ * TX power field, which has to be updated by lower layers. One such Action
+ * frame is Link Measurement Report (part of RRM). Another is TPC Report (part
+ * of spectrum management). Note that this insertion takes place at a fixed
+ * offset, namely the 6th byte in the Action frame body.
+ */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TX_POWER_INSERTION 0x00000008
+/**
+ * Driver supports RRM. With this support, the driver will accept to use RRM in
+ * (Re)Association Request frames, without supporting quiet period.
+ */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_RRM 0x00000010
+
+/** Driver supports setting the scan dwell time */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_SET_SCAN_DWELL 0x00000020
+/** Driver supports Beacon Report Measurement */
+#define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_BEACON_REPORT 0x00000040
+
+ u32 rrm_flags;
+
+ /* Driver concurrency capabilities */
+ unsigned int conc_capab;
+ /* Maximum number of concurrent channels on 2.4 GHz */
+ unsigned int max_conc_chan_2_4;
+ /* Maximum number of concurrent channels on 5 GHz */
+ unsigned int max_conc_chan_5_0;
+
+ /* Maximum number of supported CSA counters */
+ u16 max_csa_counters;
+};
+
+
+struct hostapd_data;
+
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_MCS BIT(0)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_MCS BIT(1)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_VHT_MCS BIT(2)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_VHT_MCS BIT(3)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_VHT_NSS BIT(4)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_VHT_NSS BIT(5)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_SHORT_GI BIT(6)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_SHORT_GI BIT(7)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_LAST_ACK_RSSI BIT(8)
+#define STA_DRV_DATA_CONN_TIME BIT(9)
+
+struct hostap_sta_driver_data {
+ unsigned long rx_packets, tx_packets;
+ unsigned long long rx_bytes, tx_bytes;
+ unsigned long long rx_airtime, tx_airtime;
+ int bytes_64bit; /* whether 64-bit byte counters are supported */
+ unsigned long current_tx_rate;
+ unsigned long current_rx_rate;
+ unsigned long inactive_msec;
+ unsigned long connected_sec;
+ unsigned long flags; /* bitfield of STA_DRV_DATA_* */
+ unsigned long num_ps_buf_frames;
+ unsigned long tx_retry_failed;
+ unsigned long tx_retry_count;
+ s8 last_ack_rssi;
+ unsigned long backlog_packets;
+ unsigned long backlog_bytes;
+ s8 signal;
+ u8 rx_vhtmcs;
+ u8 tx_vhtmcs;
+ u8 rx_mcs;
+ u8 tx_mcs;
+ u8 rx_vht_nss;
+ u8 tx_vht_nss;
+};
+
+struct hostapd_sta_add_params {
+ const u8 *addr;
+ u16 aid;
+ u16 capability;
+ const u8 *supp_rates;
+ size_t supp_rates_len;
+ u16 listen_interval;
+ const struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities *ht_capabilities;
+ const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vht_capabilities;
+ int vht_opmode_enabled;
+ u8 vht_opmode;
+ const struct ieee80211_he_capabilities *he_capab;
+ size_t he_capab_len;
+ const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_band_cap *he_6ghz_capab;
+ u32 flags; /* bitmask of WPA_STA_* flags */
+ u32 flags_mask; /* unset bits in flags */
+#ifdef CONFIG_MESH
+ enum mesh_plink_state plink_state;
+ u16 peer_aid;
+#endif /* CONFIG_MESH */
+ int set; /* Set STA parameters instead of add */
+ u8 qosinfo;
+ const u8 *ext_capab;
+ size_t ext_capab_len;
+ const u8 *supp_channels;
+ size_t supp_channels_len;
+ const u8 *supp_oper_classes;
+ size_t supp_oper_classes_len;
+ int support_p2p_ps;
+};
+
+struct mac_address {
+ u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+};
+
+struct hostapd_acl_params {
+ u8 acl_policy;
+ unsigned int num_mac_acl;
+ struct mac_address mac_acl[0];
+};
+
+struct wpa_init_params {
+ void *global_priv;
+ const u8 *bssid;
+ const char *ifname;
+ const char *driver_params;
+ int use_pae_group_addr;
+ char **bridge;
+ size_t num_bridge;
+
+ u8 *own_addr; /* buffer for writing own MAC address */
+};
+
+
+struct wpa_bss_params {
+ /** Interface name (for multi-SSID/VLAN support) */
+ const char *ifname;
+ /** Whether IEEE 802.1X or WPA/WPA2 is enabled */
+ int enabled;
+
+ int wpa;
+ int ieee802_1x;
+ int wpa_group;
+ int wpa_pairwise;
+ int wpa_key_mgmt;
+ int rsn_preauth;
+ enum mfp_options ieee80211w;
+};
+
+#define WPA_STA_AUTHORIZED BIT(0)
+#define WPA_STA_WMM BIT(1)
+#define WPA_STA_SHORT_PREAMBLE BIT(2)
+#define WPA_STA_MFP BIT(3)
+#define WPA_STA_TDLS_PEER BIT(4)
+#define WPA_STA_AUTHENTICATED BIT(5)
+#define WPA_STA_ASSOCIATED BIT(6)
+
+enum tdls_oper {
+ TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
+ TDLS_SETUP,
+ TDLS_TEARDOWN,
+ TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
+ TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
+ TDLS_ENABLE,
+ TDLS_DISABLE
+};
+
+enum wnm_oper {
+ WNM_SLEEP_ENTER_CONFIRM,
+ WNM_SLEEP_ENTER_FAIL,
+ WNM_SLEEP_EXIT_CONFIRM,
+ WNM_SLEEP_EXIT_FAIL,
+ WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_ADD, /* STA requests driver to add TFS req IE */
+ WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_NONE, /* STA requests empty TFS req IE */
+ WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_SET, /* AP requests driver to set TFS req IE for
+ * a STA */
+ WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_ADD, /* AP requests driver to add TFS resp IE
+ * for a STA */
+ WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_NONE, /* AP requests empty TFS resp IE */
+ WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_SET, /* AP requests driver to set TFS resp IE
+ * for a STA */
+ WNM_SLEEP_TFS_IE_DEL /* AP delete the TFS IE */
+};
+
+/* enum smps_mode - SMPS mode definitions */
+enum smps_mode {
+ SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
+ SMPS_OFF,
+ SMPS_DYNAMIC,
+ SMPS_STATIC,
+
+ /* Keep last */
+ SMPS_INVALID,
+};
+
+#define WPA_INVALID_NOISE 9999
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_signal_info - Information about channel signal quality
+ * @frequency: control frequency
+ * @above_threshold: true if the above threshold was crossed
+ * (relevant for a CQM event)
+ * @current_signal: in dBm
+ * @avg_signal: in dBm
+ * @avg_beacon_signal: in dBm
+ * @current_noise: %WPA_INVALID_NOISE if not supported
+ * @current_txrate: current TX rate
+ * @chanwidth: channel width
+ * @center_frq1: center frequency for the first segment
+ * @center_frq2: center frequency for the second segment (if relevant)
+ */
+struct wpa_signal_info {
+ u32 frequency;
+ int above_threshold;
+ int current_signal;
+ int avg_signal;
+ int avg_beacon_signal;
+ int current_noise;
+ int current_txrate;
+ enum chan_width chanwidth;
+ int center_frq1;
+ int center_frq2;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_channel_info - Information about the current channel
+ * @frequency: Center frequency of the primary 20 MHz channel
+ * @chanwidth: Width of the current operating channel
+ * @sec_channel: Location of the secondary 20 MHz channel (either +1 or -1).
+ * This field is only filled in when using a 40 MHz channel.
+ * @center_frq1: Center frequency of frequency segment 0
+ * @center_frq2: Center frequency of frequency segment 1 (for 80+80 channels)
+ * @seg1_idx: Frequency segment 1 index when using a 80+80 channel. This is
+ * derived from center_frq2 for convenience.
+ */
+struct wpa_channel_info {
+ u32 frequency;
+ enum chan_width chanwidth;
+ int sec_channel;
+ int center_frq1;
+ int center_frq2;
+ u8 seg1_idx;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct beacon_data - Beacon data
+ * @head: Head portion of Beacon frame (before TIM IE)
+ * @tail: Tail portion of Beacon frame (after TIM IE)
+ * @beacon_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
+ * @proberesp_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
+ * frames or %NULL
+ * @assocresp_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
+ * Response frames or %NULL
+ * @probe_resp: Probe Response frame template
+ * @head_len: Length of @head
+ * @tail_len: Length of @tail
+ * @beacon_ies_len: Length of beacon_ies in octets
+ * @proberesp_ies_len: Length of proberesp_ies in octets
+ * @proberesp_ies_len: Length of proberesp_ies in octets
+ * @probe_resp_len: Length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
+ */
+struct beacon_data {
+ u8 *head, *tail;
+ u8 *beacon_ies;
+ u8 *proberesp_ies;
+ u8 *assocresp_ies;
+ u8 *probe_resp;
+
+ size_t head_len, tail_len;
+ size_t beacon_ies_len;
+ size_t proberesp_ies_len;
+ size_t assocresp_ies_len;
+ size_t probe_resp_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct csa_settings - Settings for channel switch command
+ * @cs_count: Count in Beacon frames (TBTT) to perform the switch
+ * @block_tx: 1 - block transmission for CSA period
+ * @freq_params: Next channel frequency parameter
+ * @beacon_csa: Beacon/probe resp/asooc resp info for CSA period
+ * @beacon_after: Next beacon/probe resp/asooc resp info
+ * @counter_offset_beacon: Offset to the count field in beacon's tail
+ * @counter_offset_presp: Offset to the count field in probe resp.
+ */
+struct csa_settings {
+ u8 cs_count;
+ u8 block_tx;
+
+ struct hostapd_freq_params freq_params;
+ struct beacon_data beacon_csa;
+ struct beacon_data beacon_after;
+
+ u16 counter_offset_beacon[2];
+ u16 counter_offset_presp[2];
+};
+
+/* TDLS peer capabilities for send_tdls_mgmt() */
+enum tdls_peer_capability {
+ TDLS_PEER_HT = BIT(0),
+ TDLS_PEER_VHT = BIT(1),
+ TDLS_PEER_WMM = BIT(2),
+ TDLS_PEER_HE = BIT(3),
+};
+
+/* valid info in the wmm_params struct */
+enum wmm_params_valid_info {
+ WMM_PARAMS_UAPSD_QUEUES_INFO = BIT(0),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wmm_params - WMM parameterss configured for this association
+ * @info_bitmap: Bitmap of valid wmm_params info; indicates what fields
+ * of the struct contain valid information.
+ * @uapsd_queues: Bitmap of ACs configured for uapsd (valid only if
+ * %WMM_PARAMS_UAPSD_QUEUES_INFO is set)
+ */
+struct wmm_params {
+ u8 info_bitmap;
+ u8 uapsd_queues;
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
+struct macsec_init_params {
+ bool always_include_sci;
+ bool use_es;
+ bool use_scb;
+};
+#endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
+
+enum drv_br_port_attr {
+ DRV_BR_PORT_ATTR_PROXYARP,
+ DRV_BR_PORT_ATTR_HAIRPIN_MODE,
+};
+
+enum drv_br_net_param {
+ DRV_BR_NET_PARAM_GARP_ACCEPT,
+ DRV_BR_MULTICAST_SNOOPING,
+};
+
+struct drv_acs_params {
+ /* Selected mode (HOSTAPD_MODE_*) */
+ enum hostapd_hw_mode hw_mode;
+
+ /* Indicates whether HT is enabled */
+ int ht_enabled;
+
+ /* Indicates whether HT40 is enabled */
+ int ht40_enabled;
+
+ /* Indicates whether VHT is enabled */
+ int vht_enabled;
+
+ /* Configured ACS channel width */
+ u16 ch_width;
+
+ /* ACS frequency list info */
+ const int *freq_list;
+
+ /* Indicates whether EDMG is enabled */
+ int edmg_enabled;
+};
+
+struct wpa_bss_trans_info {
+ u8 mbo_transition_reason;
+ u8 n_candidates;
+ u8 *bssid;
+};
+
+struct wpa_bss_candidate_info {
+ u8 num;
+ struct candidate_list {
+ u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ u8 is_accept;
+ u32 reject_reason;
+ } *candidates;
+};
+
+struct wpa_pmkid_params {
+ const u8 *bssid;
+ const u8 *ssid;
+ size_t ssid_len;
+ const u8 *fils_cache_id;
+ const u8 *pmkid;
+ const u8 *pmk;
+ size_t pmk_len;
+ u32 pmk_lifetime;
+ u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
+};
+
+/* Mask used to specify which connection parameters have to be updated */
+enum wpa_drv_update_connect_params_mask {
+ WPA_DRV_UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
+ WPA_DRV_UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
+ WPA_DRV_UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct external_auth - External authentication trigger parameters
+ *
+ * These are used across the external authentication request and event
+ * interfaces.
+ * @action: Action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
+ * for the event interface.
+ * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has to happen. Used
+ * by both the request and event interface.
+ * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the request and event interface.
+ * @ssid_len: SSID length in octets.
+ * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Optional for
+ * the request interface.
+ * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
+ * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if wpa_supplicant cannot give
+ * the real status code for failures. Used only for the request interface
+ * from user space to the driver.
+ * @pmkid: Generated PMKID as part of external auth exchange (e.g., SAE).
+ */
+struct external_auth {
+ enum {
+ EXT_AUTH_START,
+ EXT_AUTH_ABORT,
+ } action;
+ const u8 *bssid;
+ const u8 *ssid;
+ size_t ssid_len;
+ unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
+ u16 status;
+ const u8 *pmkid;
+};
+
+/* enum nested_attr - Used to specify if subcommand uses nested attributes */
+enum nested_attr {
+ NESTED_ATTR_NOT_USED = 0,
+ NESTED_ATTR_USED = 1,
+ NESTED_ATTR_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wpa_driver_ops - Driver interface API definition
+ *
+ * This structure defines the API that each driver interface needs to implement
+ * for core wpa_supplicant code. All driver specific functionality is captured
+ * in this wrapper.
+ */
+struct wpa_driver_ops {
+ /** Name of the driver interface */
+ const char *name;
+ /** One line description of the driver interface */
+ const char *desc;
+
+ /**
+ * get_bssid - Get the current BSSID
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @bssid: buffer for BSSID (ETH_ALEN = 6 bytes)
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Query kernel driver for the current BSSID and copy it to bssid.
+ * Setting bssid to 00:00:00:00:00:00 is recommended if the STA is not
+ * associated.
+ */
+ int (*get_bssid)(void *priv, u8 *bssid);
+
+ /**
+ * get_ssid - Get the current SSID
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @ssid: buffer for SSID (at least 32 bytes)
+ *
+ * Returns: Length of the SSID on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Query kernel driver for the current SSID and copy it to ssid.
+ * Returning zero is recommended if the STA is not associated.
+ *
+ * Note: SSID is an array of octets, i.e., it is not nul terminated and
+ * can, at least in theory, contain control characters (including nul)
+ * and as such, should be processed as binary data, not a printable
+ * string.
+ */
+ int (*get_ssid)(void *priv, u8 *ssid);
+
+ /**
+ * set_key - Configure encryption key
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @params: Key parameters
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Configure the given key for the kernel driver. If the driver
+ * supports separate individual keys (4 default keys + 1 individual),
+ * addr can be used to determine whether the key is default or
+ * individual. If only 4 keys are supported, the default key with key
+ * index 0 is used as the individual key. STA must be configured to use
+ * it as the default Tx key (set_tx is set) and accept Rx for all the
+ * key indexes. In most cases, WPA uses only key indexes 1 and 2 for
+ * broadcast keys, so key index 0 is available for this kind of
+ * configuration.
+ *
+ * Please note that TKIP keys include separate TX and RX MIC keys and
+ * some drivers may expect them in different order than wpa_supplicant
+ * is using. If the TX/RX keys are swapped, all TKIP encrypted packets
+ * will trigger Michael MIC errors. This can be fixed by changing the
+ * order of MIC keys by swapping te bytes 16..23 and 24..31 of the key
+ * in driver_*.c set_key() implementation, see driver_ndis.c for an
+ * example on how this can be done.
+ */
+ int (*set_key)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_set_key_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * init - Initialize driver interface
+ * @ctx: context to be used when calling wpa_supplicant functions,
+ * e.g., wpa_supplicant_event()
+ * @ifname: interface name, e.g., wlan0
+ *
+ * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
+ *
+ * Initialize driver interface, including event processing for kernel
+ * driver events (e.g., associated, scan results, Michael MIC failure).
+ * This function can allocate a private configuration data area for
+ * @ctx, file descriptor, interface name, etc. information that may be
+ * needed in future driver operations. If this is not used, non-NULL
+ * value will need to be returned because %NULL is used to indicate
+ * failure. The returned value will be used as 'void *priv' data for
+ * all other driver_ops functions.
+ *
+ * The main event loop (eloop.c) of wpa_supplicant can be used to
+ * register callback for read sockets (eloop_register_read_sock()).
+ *
+ * See below for more information about events and
+ * wpa_supplicant_event() function.
+ */
+ void * (*init)(void *ctx, const char *ifname);
+
+ /**
+ * deinit - Deinitialize driver interface
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ *
+ * Shut down driver interface and processing of driver events. Free
+ * private data buffer if one was allocated in init() handler.
+ */
+ void (*deinit)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * set_param - Set driver configuration parameters
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @param: driver specific configuration parameters
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Optional handler for notifying driver interface about configuration
+ * parameters (driver_param).
+ */
+ int (*set_param)(void *priv, const char *param);
+
+ /**
+ * set_countermeasures - Enable/disable TKIP countermeasures
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @enabled: 1 = countermeasures enabled, 0 = disabled
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Configure TKIP countermeasures. When these are enabled, the driver
+ * should drop all received and queued frames that are using TKIP.
+ */
+ int (*set_countermeasures)(void *priv, int enabled);
+
+ /**
+ * deauthenticate - Request driver to deauthenticate
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @addr: peer address (BSSID of the AP)
+ * @reason_code: 16-bit reason code to be sent in the deauthentication
+ * frame
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*deauthenticate)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u16 reason_code);
+
+ /**
+ * associate - Request driver to associate
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @params: association parameters
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*associate)(void *priv,
+ struct wpa_driver_associate_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * add_pmkid - Add PMKSA cache entry to the driver
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @params: PMKSA parameters
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is called when a new PMK is received, as a result of
+ * either normal authentication or RSN pre-authentication. The PMKSA
+ * parameters are either a set of bssid, pmkid, and pmk; or a set of
+ * ssid, fils_cache_id, pmkid, and pmk.
+ *
+ * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
+ * associate(), add_pmkid() can be used to add new PMKSA cache entries
+ * in the driver. If the driver uses wpa_ie from wpa_supplicant, this
+ * driver_ops function does not need to be implemented. Likewise, if
+ * the driver does not support WPA, this function is not needed.
+ */
+ int (*add_pmkid)(void *priv, struct wpa_pmkid_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * remove_pmkid - Remove PMKSA cache entry to the driver
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @params: PMKSA parameters
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is called when the supplicant drops a PMKSA cache
+ * entry for any reason. The PMKSA parameters are either a set of
+ * bssid and pmkid; or a set of ssid, fils_cache_id, and pmkid.
+ *
+ * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
+ * associate(), remove_pmkid() can be used to synchronize PMKSA caches
+ * between the driver and wpa_supplicant. If the driver uses wpa_ie
+ * from wpa_supplicant, this driver_ops function does not need to be
+ * implemented. Likewise, if the driver does not support WPA, this
+ * function is not needed.
+ */
+ int (*remove_pmkid)(void *priv, struct wpa_pmkid_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * flush_pmkid - Flush PMKSA cache
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is called when the supplicant drops all PMKSA cache
+ * entries for any reason.
+ *
+ * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
+ * associate(), remove_pmkid() can be used to synchronize PMKSA caches
+ * between the driver and wpa_supplicant. If the driver uses wpa_ie
+ * from wpa_supplicant, this driver_ops function does not need to be
+ * implemented. Likewise, if the driver does not support WPA, this
+ * function is not needed.
+ */
+ int (*flush_pmkid)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * get_capa - Get driver capabilities
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Get driver/firmware/hardware capabilities.
+ */
+ int (*get_capa)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_capa *capa);
+
+ /**
+ * poll - Poll driver for association information
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ *
+ * This is an option callback that can be used when the driver does not
+ * provide event mechanism for association events. This is called when
+ * receiving WPA EAPOL-Key messages that require association
+ * information. The driver interface is supposed to generate associnfo
+ * event before returning from this callback function. In addition, the
+ * driver interface should generate an association event after having
+ * sent out associnfo.
+ */
+ void (*poll)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * get_ifindex - Get interface index
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ *
+ * Returns: Interface index
+ */
+ unsigned int (*get_ifindex)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * get_ifname - Get interface name
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ *
+ * Returns: Pointer to the interface name. This can differ from the
+ * interface name used in init() call. Init() is called first.
+ *
+ * This optional function can be used to allow the driver interface to
+ * replace the interface name with something else, e.g., based on an
+ * interface mapping from a more descriptive name.
+ */
+ const char * (*get_ifname)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * get_mac_addr - Get own MAC address
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ *
+ * Returns: Pointer to own MAC address or %NULL on failure
+ *
+ * This optional function can be used to get the own MAC address of the
+ * device from the driver interface code. This is only needed if the
+ * l2_packet implementation for the OS does not provide easy access to
+ * a MAC address. */
+ const u8 * (*get_mac_addr)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * set_operstate - Sets device operating state to DORMANT or UP
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @state: 0 = dormant, 1 = up
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This is an optional function that can be used on operating systems
+ * that support a concept of controlling network device state from user
+ * space applications. This function, if set, gets called with
+ * state = 1 when authentication has been completed and with state = 0
+ * when connection is lost.
+ */
+ int (*set_operstate)(void *priv, int state);
+
+ /**
+ * mlme_setprotection - MLME-SETPROTECTION.request primitive
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: Address of the station for which to set protection (may be
+ * %NULL for group keys)
+ * @protect_type: MLME_SETPROTECTION_PROTECT_TYPE_*
+ * @key_type: MLME_SETPROTECTION_KEY_TYPE_*
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This is an optional function that can be used to set the driver to
+ * require protection for Tx and/or Rx frames. This uses the layer
+ * interface defined in IEEE 802.11i-2004 clause 10.3.22.1
+ * (MLME-SETPROTECTION.request). Many drivers do not use explicit
+ * set protection operation; instead, they set protection implicitly
+ * based on configured keys.
+ */
+ int (*mlme_setprotection)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, int protect_type,
+ int key_type);
+
+ /**
+ * get_hw_feature_data - Get hardware support data (channels and rates)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @num_modes: Variable for returning the number of returned modes
+ * flags: Variable for returning hardware feature flags
+ * @dfs: Variable for returning DFS region (HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_*)
+ * Returns: Pointer to allocated hardware data on success or %NULL on
+ * failure. Caller is responsible for freeing this.
+ */
+ struct hostapd_hw_modes * (*get_hw_feature_data)(void *priv,
+ u16 *num_modes,
+ u16 *flags, u8 *dfs);
+
+ /**
+ * send_mlme - Send management frame from MLME
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @data: IEEE 802.11 management frame with IEEE 802.11 header
+ * @data_len: Size of the management frame
+ * @noack: Do not wait for this frame to be acked (disable retries)
+ * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) to send the frame on, or 0 to let the
+ * driver decide
+ * @csa_offs: Array of CSA offsets or %NULL
+ * @csa_offs_len: Number of elements in csa_offs
+ * @no_encrypt: Do not encrypt frame even if appropriate key exists
+ * (used only for testing purposes)
+ * @wait: Time to wait off-channel for a response (in ms), or zero
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*send_mlme)(void *priv, const u8 *data, size_t data_len,
+ int noack, unsigned int freq, const u16 *csa_offs,
+ size_t csa_offs_len, int no_encrypt,
+ unsigned int wait);
+
+ /**
+ * update_ft_ies - Update FT (IEEE 802.11r) IEs
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @md: Mobility domain (2 octets) (also included inside ies)
+ * @ies: FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, ...) or %NULL to remove IEs
+ * @ies_len: Length of FT IEs in bytes
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * The supplicant uses this callback to let the driver know that keying
+ * material for FT is available and that the driver can use the
+ * provided IEs in the next message in FT authentication sequence.
+ *
+ * This function is only needed for driver that support IEEE 802.11r
+ * (Fast BSS Transition).
+ */
+ int (*update_ft_ies)(void *priv, const u8 *md, const u8 *ies,
+ size_t ies_len);
+
+ /**
+ * get_scan_results2 - Fetch the latest scan results
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ *
+ * Returns: Allocated buffer of scan results (caller is responsible for
+ * freeing the data structure) on success, NULL on failure
+ */
+ struct wpa_scan_results * (*get_scan_results2)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * set_country - Set country
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @alpha2: country to which to switch to
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is for drivers which support some form
+ * of setting a regulatory domain.
+ */
+ int (*set_country)(void *priv, const char *alpha2);
+
+ /**
+ * get_country - Get country
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @alpha2: Buffer for returning country code (at least 3 octets)
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*get_country)(void *priv, char *alpha2);
+
+ /**
+ * global_init - Global driver initialization
+ * @ctx: wpa_global pointer
+ * Returns: Pointer to private data (global), %NULL on failure
+ *
+ * This optional function is called to initialize the driver wrapper
+ * for global data, i.e., data that applies to all interfaces. If this
+ * function is implemented, global_deinit() will also need to be
+ * implemented to free the private data. The driver will also likely
+ * use init2() function instead of init() to get the pointer to global
+ * data available to per-interface initializer.
+ */
+ void * (*global_init)(void *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * global_deinit - Global driver deinitialization
+ * @priv: private driver global data from global_init()
+ *
+ * Terminate any global driver related functionality and free the
+ * global data structure.
+ */
+ void (*global_deinit)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * init2 - Initialize driver interface (with global data)
+ * @ctx: context to be used when calling wpa_supplicant functions,
+ * e.g., wpa_supplicant_event()
+ * @ifname: interface name, e.g., wlan0
+ * @global_priv: private driver global data from global_init()
+ * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
+ *
+ * This function can be used instead of init() if the driver wrapper
+ * uses global data.
+ */
+ void * (*init2)(void *ctx, const char *ifname, void *global_priv);
+
+ /**
+ * get_interfaces - Get information about available interfaces
+ * @global_priv: private driver global data from global_init()
+ * Returns: Allocated buffer of interface information (caller is
+ * responsible for freeing the data structure) on success, NULL on
+ * failure
+ */
+ struct wpa_interface_info * (*get_interfaces)(void *global_priv);
+
+ /**
+ * scan2 - Request the driver to initiate scan
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @params: Scan parameters
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Once the scan results are ready, the driver should report scan
+ * results event for wpa_supplicant which will eventually request the
+ * results with wpa_driver_get_scan_results2().
+ */
+ int (*scan2)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * authenticate - Request driver to authenticate
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @params: authentication parameters
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This is an optional function that can be used with drivers that
+ * support separate authentication and association steps, i.e., when
+ * wpa_supplicant can act as the SME. If not implemented, associate()
+ * function is expected to take care of IEEE 802.11 authentication,
+ * too.
+ */
+ int (*authenticate)(void *priv,
+ struct wpa_driver_auth_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * set_ap - Set Beacon and Probe Response information for AP mode
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Parameters to use in AP mode
+ *
+ * This function is used to configure Beacon template and/or extra IEs
+ * to add for Beacon and Probe Response frames for the driver in
+ * AP mode. The driver is responsible for building the full Beacon
+ * frame by concatenating the head part with TIM IE generated by the
+ * driver/firmware and finishing with the tail part. Depending on the
+ * driver architectue, this can be done either by using the full
+ * template or the set of additional IEs (e.g., WPS and P2P IE).
+ * Similarly, Probe Response processing depends on the driver design.
+ * If the driver (or firmware) takes care of replying to Probe Request
+ * frames, the extra IEs provided here needs to be added to the Probe
+ * Response frames.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_ap)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_ap_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * set_acl - Set ACL in AP mode
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Parameters to configure ACL
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This is used only for the drivers which support MAC address ACL.
+ */
+ int (*set_acl)(void *priv, struct hostapd_acl_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * hapd_init - Initialize driver interface (hostapd only)
+ * @hapd: Pointer to hostapd context
+ * @params: Configuration for the driver wrapper
+ * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
+ *
+ * This function is used instead of init() or init2() when the driver
+ * wrapper is used with hostapd.
+ */
+ void * (*hapd_init)(struct hostapd_data *hapd,
+ struct wpa_init_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * hapd_deinit - Deinitialize driver interface (hostapd only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data from hapd_init()
+ */
+ void (*hapd_deinit)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * set_ieee8021x - Enable/disable IEEE 802.1X support (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: BSS parameters
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This is an optional function to configure the kernel driver to
+ * enable/disable IEEE 802.1X support and set WPA/WPA2 parameters. This
+ * can be left undefined (set to %NULL) if IEEE 802.1X support is
+ * always enabled and the driver uses set_ap() to set WPA/RSN IE
+ * for Beacon frames.
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
+ */
+ int (*set_ieee8021x)(void *priv, struct wpa_bss_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * set_privacy - Enable/disable privacy (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @enabled: 1 = privacy enabled, 0 = disabled
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This is an optional function to configure privacy field in the
+ * kernel driver for Beacon frames. This can be left undefined (set to
+ * %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from set_ap().
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
+ */
+ int (*set_privacy)(void *priv, int enabled);
+
+ /**
+ * get_seqnum - Fetch the current TSC/packet number (AP only)
+ * @ifname: The interface name (main or virtual)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station or %NULL for group keys
+ * @idx: Key index
+ * @seq: Buffer for returning the latest used TSC/packet number
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is used to fetch the last used TSC/packet number for
+ * a TKIP, CCMP, GCMP, or BIP/IGTK key. It is mainly used with group
+ * keys, so there is no strict requirement on implementing support for
+ * unicast keys (i.e., addr != %NULL).
+ */
+ int (*get_seqnum)(const char *ifname, void *priv, const u8 *addr,
+ int idx, u8 *seq);
+
+ /**
+ * flush - Flush all association stations (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function requests the driver to disassociate all associated
+ * stations. This function does not need to be implemented if the
+ * driver does not process association frames internally.
+ */
+ int (*flush)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * set_generic_elem - Add IEs into Beacon/Probe Response frames (AP)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @elem: Information elements
+ * @elem_len: Length of the elem buffer in octets
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This is an optional function to add information elements in the
+ * kernel driver for Beacon and Probe Response frames. This can be left
+ * undefined (set to %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from
+ * set_ap().
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
+ */
+ int (*set_generic_elem)(void *priv, const u8 *elem, size_t elem_len);
+
+ /**
+ * read_sta_data - Fetch station data
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @data: Buffer for returning station information
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*read_sta_data)(void *priv, struct hostap_sta_driver_data *data,
+ const u8 *addr);
+
+ /**
+ * tx_control_port - Send a frame over the 802.1X controlled port
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @dest: Destination MAC address
+ * @proto: Ethertype in host byte order
+ * @buf: Frame payload starting from IEEE 802.1X header
+ * @len: Frame payload length
+ * @no_encrypt: Do not encrypt frame
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, else an error
+ *
+ * This is like a normal Ethernet send except that the driver is aware
+ * (by other means than the Ethertype) that this frame is special,
+ * and more importantly it gains an ordering between the transmission of
+ * the frame and other driver management operations such as key
+ * installations. This can be used to work around known limitations in
+ * IEEE 802.11 protocols such as race conditions between rekeying 4-way
+ * handshake message 4/4 and a PTK being overwritten.
+ *
+ * This function is only used for a given interface if the driver
+ * instance reports WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_CONTROL_PORT capability. Otherwise,
+ * API users will fall back to sending the frame via a normal socket.
+ */
+ int (*tx_control_port)(void *priv, const u8 *dest,
+ u16 proto, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
+ int no_encrypt);
+
+ /**
+ * hapd_send_eapol - Send an EAPOL packet (AP only)
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @addr: Destination MAC address
+ * @data: EAPOL packet starting with IEEE 802.1X header
+ * @data_len: Length of the EAPOL packet in octets
+ * @encrypt: Whether the frame should be encrypted
+ * @own_addr: Source MAC address
+ * @flags: WPA_STA_* flags for the destination station
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*hapd_send_eapol)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const u8 *data,
+ size_t data_len, int encrypt,
+ const u8 *own_addr, u32 flags);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_deauth - Deauthenticate a station (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for the Deauthentication frame
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station to deauthenticate
+ * @reason: Reason code for the Deauthentiation frame
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function requests a specific station to be deauthenticated and
+ * a Deauthentication frame to be sent to it.
+ */
+ int (*sta_deauth)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
+ u16 reason);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_disassoc - Disassociate a station (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for the Disassociation frame
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station to disassociate
+ * @reason: Reason code for the Disassociation frame
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function requests a specific station to be disassociated and
+ * a Disassociation frame to be sent to it.
+ */
+ int (*sta_disassoc)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
+ u16 reason);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_remove - Remove a station entry (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station to be removed
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*sta_remove)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
+
+ /**
+ * hapd_get_ssid - Get the current SSID (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @buf: Buffer for returning the SSID
+ * @len: Maximum length of the buffer
+ * Returns: Length of the SSID on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function need not be implemented if the driver uses Beacon
+ * template from set_ap() and does not reply to Probe Request frames.
+ */
+ int (*hapd_get_ssid)(void *priv, u8 *buf, int len);
+
+ /**
+ * hapd_set_ssid - Set SSID (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @buf: SSID
+ * @len: Length of the SSID in octets
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
+ */
+ int (*hapd_set_ssid)(void *priv, const u8 *buf, int len);
+
+ /**
+ * hapd_set_countermeasures - Enable/disable TKIP countermeasures (AP)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @enabled: 1 = countermeasures enabled, 0 = disabled
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This need not be implemented if the driver does not take care of
+ * association processing.
+ */
+ int (*hapd_set_countermeasures)(void *priv, int enabled);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_add - Add a station entry
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Station parameters
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is used to add or set (params->set 1) a station
+ * entry in the driver. Adding STA entries is used only if the driver
+ * does not take care of association processing.
+ *
+ * With drivers that don't support full AP client state, this function
+ * is used to add a station entry to the driver once the station has
+ * completed association.
+ *
+ * With TDLS, this function is used to add or set (params->set 1)
+ * TDLS peer entries (even with drivers that do not support full AP
+ * client state).
+ */
+ int (*sta_add)(void *priv, struct hostapd_sta_add_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * get_inact_sec - Get station inactivity duration (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: Station address
+ * Returns: Number of seconds station has been inactive, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*get_inact_sec)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_clear_stats - Clear station statistics (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: Station address
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*sta_clear_stats)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
+
+ /**
+ * set_freq - Set channel/frequency (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @freq: Channel parameters
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_freq)(void *priv, struct hostapd_freq_params *freq);
+
+ /**
+ * set_rts - Set RTS threshold
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @rts: RTS threshold in octets
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_rts)(void *priv, int rts);
+
+ /**
+ * set_frag - Set fragmentation threshold
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @frag: Fragmentation threshold in octets
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_frag)(void *priv, int frag);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_set_flags - Set station flags (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: Station address
+ * @total_flags: Bitmap of all WPA_STA_* flags currently set
+ * @flags_or: Bitmap of WPA_STA_* flags to add
+ * @flags_and: Bitmap of WPA_STA_* flags to us as a mask
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*sta_set_flags)(void *priv, const u8 *addr,
+ unsigned int total_flags, unsigned int flags_or,
+ unsigned int flags_and);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_set_airtime_weight - Set station airtime weight (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: Station address
+ * @weight: New weight for station airtime assignment
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*sta_set_airtime_weight)(void *priv, const u8 *addr,
+ unsigned int weight);
+
+ /**
+ * set_tx_queue_params - Set TX queue parameters
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @queue: Queue number (0 = VO, 1 = VI, 2 = BE, 3 = BK)
+ * @aifs: AIFS
+ * @cw_min: cwMin
+ * @cw_max: cwMax
+ * @burst_time: Maximum length for bursting in 0.1 msec units
+ */
+ int (*set_tx_queue_params)(void *priv, int queue, int aifs, int cw_min,
+ int cw_max, int burst_time);
+
+ /**
+ * if_add - Add a virtual interface
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @type: Interface type
+ * @ifname: Interface name for the new virtual interface
+ * @addr: Local address to use for the interface or %NULL to use the
+ * parent interface address
+ * @bss_ctx: BSS context for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
+ * @drv_priv: Pointer for overwriting the driver context or %NULL if
+ * not allowed (applies only to %WPA_IF_AP_BSS type)
+ * @force_ifname: Buffer for returning an interface name that the
+ * driver ended up using if it differs from the requested ifname
+ * @if_addr: Buffer for returning the allocated interface address
+ * (this may differ from the requested addr if the driver cannot
+ * change interface address)
+ * @bridge: Bridge interface to use or %NULL if no bridge configured
+ * @use_existing: Whether to allow existing interface to be used
+ * @setup_ap: Whether to setup AP for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*if_add)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
+ const char *ifname, const u8 *addr, void *bss_ctx,
+ void **drv_priv, char *force_ifname, u8 *if_addr,
+ const char *bridge, int use_existing, int setup_ap);
+
+ /**
+ * if_remove - Remove a virtual interface
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @type: Interface type
+ * @ifname: Interface name of the virtual interface to be removed
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*if_remove)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
+ const char *ifname);
+
+ /**
+ * set_sta_vlan - Bind a station into a specific interface (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @ifname: Interface (main or virtual BSS or VLAN)
+ * @addr: MAC address of the associated station
+ * @vlan_id: VLAN ID
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is used to bind a station to a specific virtual
+ * interface. It is only used if when virtual interfaces are supported,
+ * e.g., to assign stations to different VLAN interfaces based on
+ * information from a RADIUS server. This allows separate broadcast
+ * domains to be used with a single BSS.
+ */
+ int (*set_sta_vlan)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const char *ifname,
+ int vlan_id);
+
+ /**
+ * commit - Optional commit changes handler (AP only)
+ * @priv: driver private data
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This optional handler function can be registered if the driver
+ * interface implementation needs to commit changes (e.g., by setting
+ * network interface up) at the end of initial configuration. If set,
+ * this handler will be called after initial setup has been completed.
+ */
+ int (*commit)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * set_radius_acl_auth - Notification of RADIUS ACL change
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @mac: MAC address of the station
+ * @accepted: Whether the station was accepted
+ * @session_timeout: Session timeout for the station
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_radius_acl_auth)(void *priv, const u8 *mac, int accepted,
+ u32 session_timeout);
+
+ /**
+ * set_radius_acl_expire - Notification of RADIUS ACL expiration
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @mac: MAC address of the station
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_radius_acl_expire)(void *priv, const u8 *mac);
+
+ /**
+ * set_ap_wps_ie - Add WPS IE(s) into Beacon/Probe Response frames (AP)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @beacon: WPS IE(s) for Beacon frames or %NULL to remove extra IE(s)
+ * @proberesp: WPS IE(s) for Probe Response frames or %NULL to remove
+ * extra IE(s)
+ * @assocresp: WPS IE(s) for (Re)Association Response frames or %NULL
+ * to remove extra IE(s)
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This is an optional function to add WPS IE in the kernel driver for
+ * Beacon and Probe Response frames. This can be left undefined (set
+ * to %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from set_ap()
+ * and does not process Probe Request frames. If the driver takes care
+ * of (Re)Association frame processing, the assocresp buffer includes
+ * WPS IE(s) that need to be added to (Re)Association Response frames
+ * whenever a (Re)Association Request frame indicated use of WPS.
+ *
+ * This will also be used to add P2P IE(s) into Beacon/Probe Response
+ * frames when operating as a GO. The driver is responsible for adding
+ * timing related attributes (e.g., NoA) in addition to the IEs
+ * included here by appending them after these buffers. This call is
+ * also used to provide Probe Response IEs for P2P Listen state
+ * operations for drivers that generate the Probe Response frames
+ * internally.
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
+ */
+ int (*set_ap_wps_ie)(void *priv, const struct wpabuf *beacon,
+ const struct wpabuf *proberesp,
+ const struct wpabuf *assocresp);
+
+ /**
+ * set_supp_port - Set IEEE 802.1X Supplicant Port status
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @authorized: Whether the port is authorized
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_supp_port)(void *priv, int authorized);
+
+ /**
+ * set_wds_sta - Bind a station into a 4-address WDS (AP only)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: MAC address of the associated station
+ * @aid: Association ID
+ * @val: 1 = bind to 4-address WDS; 0 = unbind
+ * @bridge_ifname: Bridge interface to use for the WDS station or %NULL
+ * to indicate that bridge is not to be used
+ * @ifname_wds: Buffer to return the interface name for the new WDS
+ * station or %NULL to indicate name is not returned.
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_wds_sta)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, int aid, int val,
+ const char *bridge_ifname, char *ifname_wds);
+
+ /**
+ * send_action - Transmit an Action frame
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) of the channel
+ * @wait: Time to wait off-channel for a response (in ms), or zero
+ * @dst: Destination MAC address (Address 1)
+ * @src: Source MAC address (Address 2)
+ * @bssid: BSSID (Address 3)
+ * @data: Frame body
+ * @data_len: data length in octets
+ @ @no_cck: Whether CCK rates must not be used to transmit this frame
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This command can be used to request the driver to transmit an action
+ * frame to the specified destination.
+ *
+ * If the %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX flag is set, the frame will
+ * be transmitted on the given channel and the device will wait for a
+ * response on that channel for the given wait time.
+ *
+ * If the flag is not set, the wait time will be ignored. In this case,
+ * if a remain-on-channel duration is in progress, the frame must be
+ * transmitted on that channel; alternatively the frame may be sent on
+ * the current operational channel (if in associated state in station
+ * mode or while operating as an AP.)
+ *
+ * If @src differs from the device MAC address, use of a random
+ * transmitter address is requested for this message exchange.
+ */
+ int (*send_action)(void *priv, unsigned int freq, unsigned int wait,
+ const u8 *dst, const u8 *src, const u8 *bssid,
+ const u8 *data, size_t data_len, int no_cck);
+
+ /**
+ * send_action_cancel_wait - Cancel action frame TX wait
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ *
+ * This command cancels the wait time associated with sending an action
+ * frame. It is only available when %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX is
+ * set in the driver flags.
+ */
+ void (*send_action_cancel_wait)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * remain_on_channel - Remain awake on a channel
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) of the channel
+ * @duration: Duration in milliseconds
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This command is used to request the driver to remain awake on the
+ * specified channel for the specified duration and report received
+ * Action frames with EVENT_RX_MGMT events. Optionally, received
+ * Probe Request frames may also be requested to be reported by calling
+ * probe_req_report(). These will be reported with EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ.
+ *
+ * The driver may not be at the requested channel when this function
+ * returns, i.e., the return code is only indicating whether the
+ * request was accepted. The caller will need to wait until the
+ * EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL event indicates that the driver has
+ * completed the channel change. This may take some time due to other
+ * need for the radio and the caller should be prepared to timing out
+ * its wait since there are no guarantees on when this request can be
+ * executed.
+ */
+ int (*remain_on_channel)(void *priv, unsigned int freq,
+ unsigned int duration);
+
+ /**
+ * cancel_remain_on_channel - Cancel remain-on-channel operation
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ *
+ * This command can be used to cancel a remain-on-channel operation
+ * before its originally requested duration has passed. This could be
+ * used, e.g., when remain_on_channel() is used to request extra time
+ * to receive a response to an Action frame and the response is
+ * received when there is still unneeded time remaining on the
+ * remain-on-channel operation.
+ */
+ int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * probe_req_report - Request Probe Request frames to be indicated
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @report: Whether to report received Probe Request frames
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ *
+ * This command can be used to request the driver to indicate when
+ * Probe Request frames are received with EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events.
+ * Since this operation may require extra resources, e.g., due to less
+ * optimal hardware/firmware RX filtering, many drivers may disable
+ * Probe Request reporting at least in station mode. This command is
+ * used to notify the driver when the Probe Request frames need to be
+ * reported, e.g., during remain-on-channel operations.
+ */
+ int (*probe_req_report)(void *priv, int report);
+
+ /**
+ * deinit_ap - Deinitialize AP mode
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ *
+ * This optional function can be used to disable AP mode related
+ * configuration. If the interface was not dynamically added,
+ * change the driver mode to station mode to allow normal station
+ * operations like scanning to be completed.
+ */
+ int (*deinit_ap)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * deinit_p2p_cli - Deinitialize P2P client mode
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ *
+ * This optional function can be used to disable P2P client mode. If the
+ * interface was not dynamically added, change the interface type back
+ * to station mode.
+ */
+ int (*deinit_p2p_cli)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * suspend - Notification on system suspend/hibernate event
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ */
+ void (*suspend)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * resume - Notification on system resume/thaw event
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ */
+ void (*resume)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * signal_monitor - Set signal monitoring parameters
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @threshold: Threshold value for signal change events; 0 = disabled
+ * @hysteresis: Minimum change in signal strength before indicating a
+ * new event
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ *
+ * This function can be used to configure monitoring of signal strength
+ * with the current AP. Whenever signal strength drops below the
+ * %threshold value or increases above it, EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE event
+ * should be generated assuming the signal strength has changed at
+ * least %hysteresis from the previously indicated signal change event.
+ */
+ int (*signal_monitor)(void *priv, int threshold, int hysteresis);
+
+ /**
+ * get_noa - Get current Notice of Absence attribute payload
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @buf: Buffer for returning NoA
+ * @buf_len: Buffer length in octets
+ * Returns: Number of octets used in buf, 0 to indicate no NoA is being
+ * advertized, or -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is used to fetch the current Notice of Absence
+ * attribute value from GO.
+ */
+ int (*get_noa)(void *priv, u8 *buf, size_t buf_len);
+
+ /**
+ * set_noa - Set Notice of Absence parameters for GO (testing)
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @count: Count
+ * @start: Start time in ms from next TBTT
+ * @duration: Duration in ms
+ * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is used to set Notice of Absence parameters for GO. It
+ * is used only for testing. To disable NoA, all parameters are set to
+ * 0.
+ */
+ int (*set_noa)(void *priv, u8 count, int start, int duration);
+
+ /**
+ * set_p2p_powersave - Set P2P power save options
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @legacy_ps: 0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = maximum PS, -1 = no change
+ * @opp_ps: 0 = disable, 1 = enable, -1 = no change
+ * @ctwindow: 0.. = change (msec), -1 = no change
+ * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_p2p_powersave)(void *priv, int legacy_ps, int opp_ps,
+ int ctwindow);
+
+ /**
+ * ampdu - Enable/disable aggregation
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @ampdu: 1/0 = enable/disable A-MPDU aggregation
+ * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*ampdu)(void *priv, int ampdu);
+
+ /**
+ * get_radio_name - Get physical radio name for the device
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns: Radio name or %NULL if not known
+ *
+ * The returned data must not be modified by the caller. It is assumed
+ * that any interface that has the same radio name as another is
+ * sharing the same physical radio. This information can be used to
+ * share scan results etc. information between the virtual interfaces
+ * to speed up various operations.
+ */
+ const char * (*get_radio_name)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * send_tdls_mgmt - for sending TDLS management packets
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @dst: Destination (peer) MAC address
+ * @action_code: TDLS action code for the mssage
+ * @dialog_token: Dialog Token to use in the message (if needed)
+ * @status_code: Status Code or Reason Code to use (if needed)
+ * @peer_capab: TDLS peer capability (TDLS_PEER_* bitfield)
+ * @initiator: Is the current end the TDLS link initiator
+ * @buf: TDLS IEs to add to the message
+ * @len: Length of buf in octets
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ *
+ * This optional function can be used to send packet to driver which is
+ * responsible for receiving and sending all TDLS packets.
+ */
+ int (*send_tdls_mgmt)(void *priv, const u8 *dst, u8 action_code,
+ u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, u32 peer_capab,
+ int initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+
+ /**
+ * tdls_oper - Ask the driver to perform high-level TDLS operations
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @oper: TDLS high-level operation. See %enum tdls_oper
+ * @peer: Destination (peer) MAC address
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ *
+ * This optional function can be used to send high-level TDLS commands
+ * to the driver.
+ */
+ int (*tdls_oper)(void *priv, enum tdls_oper oper, const u8 *peer);
+
+ /**
+ * wnm_oper - Notify driver of the WNM frame reception
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @oper: WNM operation. See %enum wnm_oper
+ * @peer: Destination (peer) MAC address
+ * @buf: Buffer for the driver to fill in (for getting IE)
+ * @buf_len: Return the len of buf
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ */
+ int (*wnm_oper)(void *priv, enum wnm_oper oper, const u8 *peer,
+ u8 *buf, u16 *buf_len);
+
+ /**
+ * set_qos_map - Set QoS Map
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @qos_map_set: QoS Map
+ * @qos_map_set_len: Length of QoS Map
+ */
+ int (*set_qos_map)(void *priv, const u8 *qos_map_set,
+ u8 qos_map_set_len);
+
+ /**
+ * br_add_ip_neigh - Add a neigh to the bridge ip neigh table
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @version: IP version of the IP address, 4 or 6
+ * @ipaddr: IP address for the neigh entry
+ * @prefixlen: IP address prefix length
+ * @addr: Corresponding MAC address
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ */
+ int (*br_add_ip_neigh)(void *priv, u8 version, const u8 *ipaddr,
+ int prefixlen, const u8 *addr);
+
+ /**
+ * br_delete_ip_neigh - Remove a neigh from the bridge ip neigh table
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @version: IP version of the IP address, 4 or 6
+ * @ipaddr: IP address for the neigh entry
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ */
+ int (*br_delete_ip_neigh)(void *priv, u8 version, const u8 *ipaddr);
+
+ /**
+ * br_port_set_attr - Set a bridge port attribute
+ * @attr: Bridge port attribute to set
+ * @val: Value to be set
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ */
+ int (*br_port_set_attr)(void *priv, enum drv_br_port_attr attr,
+ unsigned int val);
+
+ /**
+ * br_port_set_attr - Set a bridge network parameter
+ * @param: Bridge parameter to set
+ * @val: Value to be set
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ */
+ int (*br_set_net_param)(void *priv, enum drv_br_net_param param,
+ unsigned int val);
+
+ /**
+ * get_wowlan - Get wake-on-wireless status
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ */
+ int (*get_wowlan)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * set_wowlan - Set wake-on-wireless triggers
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @triggers: wowlan triggers
+ */
+ int (*set_wowlan)(void *priv, const struct wowlan_triggers *triggers);
+
+ /**
+ * signal_poll - Get current connection information
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @signal_info: Connection info structure
+ */
+ int (*signal_poll)(void *priv, struct wpa_signal_info *signal_info);
+
+ /**
+ * channel_info - Get parameters of the current operating channel
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @channel_info: Channel info structure
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ */
+ int (*channel_info)(void *priv, struct wpa_channel_info *channel_info);
+
+ /**
+ * set_authmode - Set authentication algorithm(s) for static WEP
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @authmode: 1=Open System, 2=Shared Key, 3=both
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function can be used to set authentication algorithms for AP
+ * mode when static WEP is used. If the driver uses user space MLME/SME
+ * implementation, there is no need to implement this function.
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
+ */
+ int (*set_authmode)(void *priv, int authmode);
+
+#ifdef ANDROID
+ /**
+ * driver_cmd - Execute driver-specific command
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @cmd: Command to execute
+ * @buf: Return buffer
+ * @buf_len: Buffer length
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*driver_cmd)(void *priv, char *cmd, char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+#endif /* ANDROID */
+
+ /**
+ * vendor_cmd - Execute vendor specific command
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @vendor_id: Vendor id
+ * @subcmd: Vendor command id
+ * @nested_attr_flag: Specifies if vendor subcommand uses nested
+ * attributes or not
+ * @data: Vendor command parameters (%NULL if no parameters)
+ * @data_len: Data length
+ * @buf: Return buffer (%NULL to ignore reply)
+ * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
+ *
+ * This function handles vendor specific commands that are passed to
+ * the driver/device. The command is identified by vendor id and
+ * command id. The nested_attr_flag specifies whether the subcommand
+ * uses nested attributes or not. Parameters can be passed
+ * as argument to the command in the data buffer. Reply (if any) will be
+ * filled in the supplied return buffer.
+ *
+ * The exact driver behavior is driver interface and vendor specific. As
+ * an example, this will be converted to a vendor specific cfg80211
+ * command in case of the nl80211 driver interface.
+ */
+ int (*vendor_cmd)(void *priv, unsigned int vendor_id,
+ unsigned int subcmd, const u8 *data, size_t data_len,
+ enum nested_attr nested_attr_flag,
+ struct wpabuf *buf);
+
+ /**
+ * set_rekey_info - Set rekey information
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @kek: Current KEK
+ * @kek_len: KEK length in octets
+ * @kck: Current KCK
+ * @kck_len: KCK length in octets
+ * @replay_ctr: Current EAPOL-Key Replay Counter
+ *
+ * This optional function can be used to provide information for the
+ * driver/firmware to process EAPOL-Key frames in Group Key Handshake
+ * while the host (including wpa_supplicant) is sleeping.
+ */
+ void (*set_rekey_info)(void *priv, const u8 *kek, size_t kek_len,
+ const u8 *kck, size_t kck_len,
+ const u8 *replay_ctr);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_assoc - Station association indication
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for association frame
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station to associate
+ * @reassoc: flag to indicate re-association
+ * @status: association response status code
+ * @ie: assoc response ie buffer
+ * @len: ie buffer length
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function indicates the driver to send (Re)Association
+ * Response frame to the station.
+ */
+ int (*sta_assoc)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
+ int reassoc, u16 status, const u8 *ie, size_t len);
+
+ /**
+ * sta_auth - Station authentication indication
+ * @priv: private driver interface data
+ * @params: Station authentication parameters
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*sta_auth)(void *priv,
+ struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * add_tspec - Add traffic stream
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station to associate
+ * @tspec_ie: tspec ie buffer
+ * @tspec_ielen: tspec ie length
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function adds the traffic steam for the station
+ * and fills the medium_time in tspec_ie.
+ */
+ int (*add_tspec)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u8 *tspec_ie,
+ size_t tspec_ielen);
+
+ /**
+ * add_sta_node - Add a station node in the driver
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station to add
+ * @auth_alg: authentication algorithm used by the station
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function adds the station node in the driver, when
+ * the station gets added by FT-over-DS.
+ */
+ int (*add_sta_node)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u16 auth_alg);
+
+ /**
+ * sched_scan - Request the driver to initiate scheduled scan
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Scan parameters
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This operation should be used for scheduled scan offload to
+ * the hardware. Every time scan results are available, the
+ * driver should report scan results event for wpa_supplicant
+ * which will eventually request the results with
+ * wpa_driver_get_scan_results2(). This operation is optional
+ * and if not provided or if it returns -1, we fall back to
+ * normal host-scheduled scans.
+ */
+ int (*sched_scan)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * stop_sched_scan - Request the driver to stop a scheduled scan
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This should cause the scheduled scan to be stopped and
+ * results should stop being sent. Must be supported if
+ * sched_scan is supported.
+ */
+ int (*stop_sched_scan)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * poll_client - Probe (null data or such) the given station
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @own_addr: MAC address of sending interface
+ * @addr: MAC address of the station to probe
+ * @qos: Indicates whether station is QoS station
+ *
+ * This function is used to verify whether an associated station is
+ * still present. This function does not need to be implemented if the
+ * driver provides such inactivity polling mechanism.
+ */
+ void (*poll_client)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr,
+ const u8 *addr, int qos);
+
+ /**
+ * radio_disable - Disable/enable radio
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @disabled: 1=disable 0=enable radio
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This optional command is for testing purposes. It can be used to
+ * disable the radio on a testbed device to simulate out-of-radio-range
+ * conditions.
+ */
+ int (*radio_disable)(void *priv, int disabled);
+
+ /**
+ * switch_channel - Announce channel switch and migrate the GO to the
+ * given frequency
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @settings: Settings for CSA period and new channel
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function is used to move the GO to the legacy STA channel to
+ * avoid frequency conflict in single channel concurrency.
+ */
+ int (*switch_channel)(void *priv, struct csa_settings *settings);
+
+ /**
+ * add_tx_ts - Add traffic stream
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @tsid: Traffic stream ID
+ * @addr: Receiver address
+ * @user_prio: User priority of the traffic stream
+ * @admitted_time: Admitted time for this TS in units of
+ * 32 microsecond periods (per second).
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*add_tx_ts)(void *priv, u8 tsid, const u8 *addr, u8 user_prio,
+ u16 admitted_time);
+
+ /**
+ * del_tx_ts - Delete traffic stream
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @tsid: Traffic stream ID
+ * @addr: Receiver address
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*del_tx_ts)(void *priv, u8 tsid, const u8 *addr);
+
+ /**
+ * Enable channel-switching with TDLS peer
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: MAC address of the TDLS peer
+ * @oper_class: Operating class of the switch channel
+ * @params: Channel specification
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * The function indicates to driver that it can start switching to a
+ * different channel with a specified TDLS peer. The switching is
+ * assumed on until canceled with tdls_disable_channel_switch().
+ */
+ int (*tdls_enable_channel_switch)(
+ void *priv, const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
+ const struct hostapd_freq_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * Disable channel switching with TDLS peer
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: MAC address of the TDLS peer
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This function indicates to the driver that it should stop switching
+ * with a given TDLS peer.
+ */
+ int (*tdls_disable_channel_switch)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
+
+ /**
+ * start_dfs_cac - Listen for radar interference on the channel
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @freq: Channel parameters
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*start_dfs_cac)(void *priv, struct hostapd_freq_params *freq);
+
+ /**
+ * stop_ap - Removes beacon from AP
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ *
+ * This optional function can be used to disable AP mode related
+ * configuration. Unlike deinit_ap, it does not change to station
+ * mode.
+ */
+ int (*stop_ap)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * get_survey - Retrieve survey data
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @freq: If set, survey data for the specified frequency is only
+ * being requested. If not set, all survey data is requested.
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Use this to retrieve:
+ *
+ * - the observed channel noise floor
+ * - the amount of time we have spent on the channel
+ * - the amount of time during which we have spent on the channel that
+ * the radio has determined the medium is busy and we cannot
+ * transmit
+ * - the amount of time we have spent receiving data
+ * - the amount of time we have spent transmitting data
+ *
+ * This data can be used for spectrum heuristics. One example is
+ * Automatic Channel Selection (ACS). The channel survey data is
+ * kept on a linked list on the channel data, one entry is added
+ * for each survey. The min_nf of the channel is updated for each
+ * survey.
+ */
+ int (*get_survey)(void *priv, unsigned int freq);
+
+ /**
+ * status - Get driver interface status information
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @buf: Buffer for printing the status information
+ * @buflen: Maximum length of the buffer
+ * Returns: Length of written status information or -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*status)(void *priv, char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+ /**
+ * roaming - Set roaming policy for driver-based BSS selection
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @allowed: Whether roaming within ESS is allowed
+ * @bssid: Forced BSSID if roaming is disabled or %NULL if not set
+ * Returns: Length of written status information or -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This optional callback can be used to update roaming policy from the
+ * associate() command (bssid being set there indicates that the driver
+ * should not roam before getting this roaming() call to allow roaming.
+ * If the driver does not indicate WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION
+ * capability, roaming policy is handled within wpa_supplicant and there
+ * is no need to implement or react to this callback.
+ */
+ int (*roaming)(void *priv, int allowed, const u8 *bssid);
+
+ /**
+ * disable_fils - Enable/disable FILS feature
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @disable: 0-enable and 1-disable FILS feature
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This callback can be used to configure driver and below layers to
+ * enable/disable all FILS features.
+ */
+ int (*disable_fils)(void *priv, int disable);
+
+ /**
+ * set_mac_addr - Set MAC address
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: MAC address to use or %NULL for setting back to permanent
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_mac_addr)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
+ int (*macsec_init)(void *priv, struct macsec_init_params *params);
+
+ int (*macsec_deinit)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * macsec_get_capability - Inform MKA of this driver's capability
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @cap: Driver's capability
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*macsec_get_capability)(void *priv, enum macsec_cap *cap);
+
+ /**
+ * enable_protect_frames - Set protect frames status
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @enabled: true = protect frames enabled
+ * false = protect frames disabled
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*enable_protect_frames)(void *priv, bool enabled);
+
+ /**
+ * enable_encrypt - Set encryption status
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @enabled: true = encrypt outgoing traffic
+ * false = integrity-only protection on outgoing traffic
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*enable_encrypt)(void *priv, bool enabled);
+
+ /**
+ * set_replay_protect - Set replay protect status and window size
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @enabled: true = replay protect enabled
+ * false = replay protect disabled
+ * @window: replay window size, valid only when replay protect enabled
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*set_replay_protect)(void *priv, bool enabled, u32 window);
+
+ /**
+ * set_current_cipher_suite - Set current cipher suite
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @cs: EUI64 identifier
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*set_current_cipher_suite)(void *priv, u64 cs);
+
+ /**
+ * enable_controlled_port - Set controlled port status
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @enabled: true = controlled port enabled
+ * false = controlled port disabled
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*enable_controlled_port)(void *priv, bool enabled);
+
+ /**
+ * get_receive_lowest_pn - Get receive lowest pn
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*get_receive_lowest_pn)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * get_transmit_next_pn - Get transmit next pn
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*get_transmit_next_pn)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * set_transmit_next_pn - Set transmit next pn
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*set_transmit_next_pn)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * set_receive_lowest_pn - Set receive lowest PN
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*set_receive_lowest_pn)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * create_receive_sc - create secure channel for receiving
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @sc: secure channel
+ * @conf_offset: confidentiality offset (0, 30, or 50)
+ * @validation: frame validation policy (0 = Disabled, 1 = Checked,
+ * 2 = Strict)
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
+ */
+ int (*create_receive_sc)(void *priv, struct receive_sc *sc,
+ unsigned int conf_offset,
+ int validation);
+
+ /**
+ * delete_receive_sc - delete secure connection for receiving
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sc: secure channel
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*delete_receive_sc)(void *priv, struct receive_sc *sc);
+
+ /**
+ * create_receive_sa - create secure association for receive
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*create_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * delete_receive_sa - Delete secure association for receive
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sa: Secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*delete_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * enable_receive_sa - enable the SA for receive
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*enable_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * disable_receive_sa - disable SA for receive
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*disable_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * create_transmit_sc - create secure connection for transmit
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sc: secure channel
+ * @conf_offset: confidentiality offset (0, 30, or 50)
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*create_transmit_sc)(void *priv, struct transmit_sc *sc,
+ unsigned int conf_offset);
+
+ /**
+ * delete_transmit_sc - delete secure connection for transmit
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sc: secure channel
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*delete_transmit_sc)(void *priv, struct transmit_sc *sc);
+
+ /**
+ * create_transmit_sa - create secure association for transmit
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*create_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * delete_transmit_sa - Delete secure association for transmit
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sa: Secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*delete_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * enable_transmit_sa - enable SA for transmit
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*enable_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
+
+ /**
+ * disable_transmit_sa - disable SA for transmit
+ * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
+ * @sa: secure association
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*disable_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
+#endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
+
+ /**
+ * init_mesh - Driver specific initialization for mesh
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*init_mesh)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * join_mesh - Join a mesh network
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Mesh configuration parameters
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*join_mesh)(void *priv,
+ struct wpa_driver_mesh_join_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * leave_mesh - Leave a mesh network
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*leave_mesh)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * probe_mesh_link - Inject a frame over direct mesh link to a given
+ * peer skipping the next_hop lookup from mpath table.
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @addr: Peer MAC address
+ * @eth: Ethernet frame to be sent
+ * @len: Ethernet frame lengtn in bytes
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*probe_mesh_link)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const u8 *eth,
+ size_t len);
+
+ /**
+ * do_acs - Automatically select channel
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Parameters for ACS
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This command can be used to offload ACS to the driver if the driver
+ * indicates support for such offloading (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD).
+ */
+ int (*do_acs)(void *priv, struct drv_acs_params *params);
+
+ /**
+ * set_band - Notify driver of band(s) selection
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @band_mask: The selected band(s) bit mask (from enum set_band)
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_band)(void *priv, u32 band_mask);
+
+ /**
+ * get_pref_freq_list - Get preferred frequency list for an interface
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @if_type: Interface type
+ * @num: Number of channels
+ * @freq_list: Preferred channel frequency list encoded in MHz values
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This command can be used to query the preferred frequency list from
+ * the driver specific to a particular interface type.
+ */
+ int (*get_pref_freq_list)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type if_type,
+ unsigned int *num, unsigned int *freq_list);
+
+ /**
+ * set_prob_oper_freq - Indicate probable P2P operating channel
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @freq: Channel frequency in MHz
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This command can be used to inform the driver of the operating
+ * frequency that an ongoing P2P group formation is likely to come up
+ * on. Local device is assuming P2P Client role.
+ */
+ int (*set_prob_oper_freq)(void *priv, unsigned int freq);
+
+ /**
+ * abort_scan - Request the driver to abort an ongoing scan
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @scan_cookie: Cookie identifying the scan request. This is used only
+ * when the vendor interface QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
+ * was used to trigger scan. Otherwise, 0 is used.
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*abort_scan)(void *priv, u64 scan_cookie);
+
+ /**
+ * configure_data_frame_filters - Request to configure frame filters
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @filter_flags: The type of frames to filter (bitfield of
+ * WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_*)
+ * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*configure_data_frame_filters)(void *priv, u32 filter_flags);
+
+ /**
+ * get_ext_capab - Get extended capabilities for the specified interface
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @type: Interface type for which to get extended capabilities
+ * @ext_capab: Extended capabilities fetched
+ * @ext_capab_mask: Extended capabilities mask
+ * @ext_capab_len: Length of the extended capabilities
+ * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*get_ext_capab)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
+ const u8 **ext_capab, const u8 **ext_capab_mask,
+ unsigned int *ext_capab_len);
+
+ /**
+ * p2p_lo_start - Start offloading P2P listen to device
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @freq: Listening frequency (MHz) for P2P listen
+ * @period: Length of the listen operation in milliseconds
+ * @interval: Interval for running the listen operation in milliseconds
+ * @count: Number of times to run the listen operation
+ * @device_types: Device primary and secondary types
+ * @dev_types_len: Number of bytes for device_types
+ * @ies: P2P IE and WSC IE for Probe Response frames
+ * @ies_len: Length of ies in bytes
+ * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*p2p_lo_start)(void *priv, unsigned int freq,
+ unsigned int period, unsigned int interval,
+ unsigned int count,
+ const u8 *device_types, size_t dev_types_len,
+ const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len);
+
+ /**
+ * p2p_lo_stop - Stop P2P listen offload
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*p2p_lo_stop)(void *priv);
+
+ /**
+ * set_default_scan_ies - Set default scan IEs
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @ies: Scan default IEs buffer
+ * @ies_len: Length of IEs in bytes
+ * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
+ *
+ * The driver can use these by default when there are no scan IEs coming
+ * in the subsequent scan requests. Also in case of one or more of IEs
+ * given in set_default_scan_ies() are missing in the subsequent scan
+ * request, the driver should merge the missing scan IEs in the scan
+ * request from the IEs set by set_default_scan_ies() in the Probe
+ * Request frames sent.
+ */
+ int (*set_default_scan_ies)(void *priv, const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len);
+
+ /**
+ * set_tdls_mode - Set TDLS trigger mode to the host driver
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @tdls_external_control: Represents if TDLS external trigger control
+ * mode is enabled/disabled.
+ *
+ * This optional callback can be used to configure the TDLS external
+ * trigger control mode to the host driver.
+ */
+ int (*set_tdls_mode)(void *priv, int tdls_external_control);
+
+ /**
+ * get_bss_transition_status - Get candidate BSS's transition status
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Candidate BSS list
+ *
+ * Get the accept or reject reason code for a list of BSS transition
+ * candidates.
+ */
+ struct wpa_bss_candidate_info *
+ (*get_bss_transition_status)(void *priv,
+ struct wpa_bss_trans_info *params);
+ /**
+ * ignore_assoc_disallow - Configure driver to ignore assoc_disallow
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @ignore_disallow: 0 to not ignore, 1 to ignore
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*ignore_assoc_disallow)(void *priv, int ignore_disallow);
+
+ /**
+ * set_bssid_tmp_disallow - Set disallowed BSSIDs to the driver
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @num_bssid: Number of temporarily disallowed BSSIDs
+ * @bssids: List of temporarily disallowed BSSIDs
+ */
+ int (*set_bssid_tmp_disallow)(void *priv, unsigned int num_bssid,
+ const u8 *bssid);
+
+ /**
+ * update_connect_params - Update the connection parameters
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Association parameters
+ * @mask: Bit mask indicating which parameters in @params have to be
+ * updated
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * Update the connection parameters when in connected state so that the
+ * driver uses the updated parameters for subsequent roaming. This is
+ * used only with drivers that implement internal BSS selection and
+ * roaming.
+ */
+ int (*update_connect_params)(
+ void *priv, struct wpa_driver_associate_params *params,
+ enum wpa_drv_update_connect_params_mask mask);
+
+ /**
+ * send_external_auth_status - Indicate the status of external
+ * authentication processing to the host driver.
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @params: Status of authentication processing.
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ */
+ int (*send_external_auth_status)(void *priv,
+ struct external_auth *params);
+
+ /**
+ * set_4addr_mode - Set 4-address mode
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @bridge_ifname: Bridge interface name
+ * @val: 0 - disable 4addr mode, 1 - enable 4addr mode
+ * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+ int (*set_4addr_mode)(void *priv, const char *bridge_ifname, int val);
+
+ /**
+ * update_dh_ie - Update DH IE
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @peer_mac: Peer MAC address
+ * @reason_code: Reacon code
+ * @ie: DH IE
+ * @ie_len: DH IE length in bytes
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This callback is used to let the driver know the DH processing result
+ * and DH IE for a pending association.
+ */
+ int (*update_dh_ie)(void *priv, const u8 *peer_mac, u16 reason_code,
+ const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len);
+
+ /**
+ * dpp_listen - Notify driver about start/stop of DPP listen
+ * @priv: Private driver interface data
+ * @enable: Whether listen state is enabled (or disabled)
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
+ *
+ * This optional callback can be used to update RX frame filtering to
+ * explicitly allow reception of broadcast Public Action frames.
+ */
+ int (*dpp_listen)(void *priv, bool enable);
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS
+ int (*register_frame)(void *priv, u16 type,
+ const u8 *match, size_t match_len,
+ bool multicast);
+#endif /* CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS */
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum wpa_event_type - Event type for wpa_supplicant_event() calls
+ */
+enum wpa_event_type {
+ /**
+ * EVENT_ASSOC - Association completed
+ *
+ * This event needs to be delivered when the driver completes IEEE
+ * 802.11 association or reassociation successfully.
+ * wpa_driver_ops::get_bssid() is expected to provide the current BSSID
+ * after this event has been generated. In addition, optional
+ * EVENT_ASSOCINFO may be generated just before EVENT_ASSOC to provide
+ * more information about the association. If the driver interface gets
+ * both of these events at the same time, it can also include the
+ * assoc_info data in EVENT_ASSOC call.
+ */
+ EVENT_ASSOC,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DISASSOC - Association lost
+ *
+ * This event should be called when association is lost either due to
+ * receiving deauthenticate or disassociate frame from the AP or when
+ * sending either of these frames to the current AP. If the driver
+ * supports separate deauthentication event, EVENT_DISASSOC should only
+ * be used for disassociation and EVENT_DEAUTH for deauthentication.
+ * In AP mode, union wpa_event_data::disassoc_info is required.
+ */
+ EVENT_DISASSOC,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE - Michael MIC (TKIP) detected
+ *
+ * This event must be delivered when a Michael MIC error is detected by
+ * the local driver. Additional data for event processing is
+ * provided with union wpa_event_data::michael_mic_failure. This
+ * information is used to request new encyption key and to initiate
+ * TKIP countermeasures if needed.
+ */
+ EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS - Scan results available
+ *
+ * This event must be called whenever scan results are available to be
+ * fetched with struct wpa_driver_ops::get_scan_results(). This event
+ * is expected to be used some time after struct wpa_driver_ops::scan()
+ * is called. If the driver provides an unsolicited event when the scan
+ * has been completed, this event can be used to trigger
+ * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS call. If such event is not available from the
+ * driver, the driver wrapper code is expected to use a registered
+ * timeout to generate EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS call after the time that the
+ * scan is expected to be completed. Optional information about
+ * completed scan can be provided with union wpa_event_data::scan_info.
+ */
+ EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_ASSOCINFO - Report optional extra information for association
+ *
+ * This event can be used to report extra association information for
+ * EVENT_ASSOC processing. This extra information includes IEs from
+ * association frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames in union
+ * wpa_event_data::assoc_info. EVENT_ASSOCINFO must be send just before
+ * EVENT_ASSOC. Alternatively, the driver interface can include
+ * assoc_info data in the EVENT_ASSOC call if it has all the
+ * information available at the same point.
+ */
+ EVENT_ASSOCINFO,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS - Report interface status changes
+ *
+ * This optional event can be used to report changes in interface
+ * status (interface added/removed) using union
+ * wpa_event_data::interface_status. This can be used to trigger
+ * wpa_supplicant to stop and re-start processing for the interface,
+ * e.g., when a cardbus card is ejected/inserted.
+ */
+ EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE - Report a candidate AP for pre-authentication
+ *
+ * This event can be used to inform wpa_supplicant about candidates for
+ * RSN (WPA2) pre-authentication. If wpa_supplicant is not responsible
+ * for scan request (ap_scan=2 mode), this event is required for
+ * pre-authentication. If wpa_supplicant is performing scan request
+ * (ap_scan=1), this event is optional since scan results can be used
+ * to add pre-authentication candidates. union
+ * wpa_event_data::pmkid_candidate is used to report the BSSID of the
+ * candidate and priority of the candidate, e.g., based on the signal
+ * strength, in order to try to pre-authenticate first with candidates
+ * that are most likely targets for re-association.
+ *
+ * EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE can be called whenever the driver has updates
+ * on the candidate list. In addition, it can be called for the current
+ * AP and APs that have existing PMKSA cache entries. wpa_supplicant
+ * will automatically skip pre-authentication in cases where a valid
+ * PMKSA exists. When more than one candidate exists, this event should
+ * be generated once for each candidate.
+ *
+ * Driver will be notified about successful pre-authentication with
+ * struct wpa_driver_ops::add_pmkid() calls.
+ */
+ EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_TDLS - Request TDLS operation
+ *
+ * This event can be used to request a TDLS operation to be performed.
+ */
+ EVENT_TDLS,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_FT_RESPONSE - Report FT (IEEE 802.11r) response IEs
+ *
+ * The driver is expected to report the received FT IEs from
+ * FT authentication sequence from the AP. The FT IEs are included in
+ * the extra information in union wpa_event_data::ft_ies.
+ */
+ EVENT_FT_RESPONSE,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START - Request RSN authentication in IBSS
+ *
+ * The driver can use this event to inform wpa_supplicant about a STA
+ * in an IBSS with which protected frames could be exchanged. This
+ * event starts RSN authentication with the other STA to authenticate
+ * the STA and set up encryption keys with it.
+ */
+ EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_AUTH - Authentication result
+ *
+ * This event should be called when authentication attempt has been
+ * completed. This is only used if the driver supports separate
+ * authentication step (struct wpa_driver_ops::authenticate).
+ * Information about authentication result is included in
+ * union wpa_event_data::auth.
+ */
+ EVENT_AUTH,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DEAUTH - Authentication lost
+ *
+ * This event should be called when authentication is lost either due
+ * to receiving deauthenticate frame from the AP or when sending that
+ * frame to the current AP.
+ * In AP mode, union wpa_event_data::deauth_info is required.
+ */
+ EVENT_DEAUTH,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT - Association rejected
+ *
+ * This event should be called when (re)association attempt has been
+ * rejected by the AP. Information about the association response is
+ * included in union wpa_event_data::assoc_reject.
+ */
+ EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_AUTH_TIMED_OUT - Authentication timed out
+ */
+ EVENT_AUTH_TIMED_OUT,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_ASSOC_TIMED_OUT - Association timed out
+ */
+ EVENT_ASSOC_TIMED_OUT,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED - Report hardware push button press for WPS
+ */
+ EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_TX_STATUS - Report TX status
+ */
+ EVENT_TX_STATUS,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN - Report RX from unknown STA
+ */
+ EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_RX_MGMT - Report RX of a management frame
+ */
+ EVENT_RX_MGMT,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL - Remain-on-channel duration started
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate when the driver has started the
+ * requested remain-on-channel duration. Information about the
+ * operation is included in union wpa_event_data::remain_on_channel.
+ */
+ EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL - Remain-on-channel timed out
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate when the driver has completed
+ * remain-on-channel duration, i.e., may noot be available on the
+ * requested channel anymore. Information about the
+ * operation is included in union wpa_event_data::remain_on_channel.
+ */
+ EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ - Indicate received Probe Request frame
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate when a Probe Request frame has been
+ * received. Information about the received frame is included in
+ * union wpa_event_data::rx_probe_req. The driver is required to report
+ * these events only after successfully completed probe_req_report()
+ * commands to request the events (i.e., report parameter is non-zero)
+ * in station mode. In AP mode, Probe Request frames should always be
+ * reported.
+ */
+ EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_NEW_STA - New wired device noticed
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate that a new device has been detected
+ * in a network that does not use association-like functionality (i.e.,
+ * mainly wired Ethernet). This can be used to start EAPOL
+ * authenticator when receiving a frame from a device. The address of
+ * the device is included in union wpa_event_data::new_sta.
+ */
+ EVENT_NEW_STA,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_EAPOL_RX - Report received EAPOL frame
+ *
+ * When in AP mode with hostapd, this event is required to be used to
+ * deliver the receive EAPOL frames from the driver.
+ */
+ EVENT_EAPOL_RX,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE - Indicate change in signal strength
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate changes in the signal strength
+ * observed in frames received from the current AP if signal strength
+ * monitoring has been enabled with signal_monitor().
+ */
+ EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED - Notify that interface was enabled
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate that the interface was enabled after
+ * having been previously disabled, e.g., due to rfkill.
+ */
+ EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED - Notify that interface was disabled
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate that the interface was disabled,
+ * e.g., due to rfkill.
+ */
+ EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED - Channel list changed
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate that the channel list has changed,
+ * e.g., because of a regulatory domain change triggered by scan
+ * results including an AP advertising a country code.
+ */
+ EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE - Notify that interface is unavailable
+ *
+ * This event is used to indicate that the driver cannot maintain this
+ * interface in its operation mode anymore. The most likely use for
+ * this is to indicate that AP mode operation is not available due to
+ * operating channel would need to be changed to a DFS channel when
+ * the driver does not support radar detection and another virtual
+ * interfaces caused the operating channel to change. Other similar
+ * resource conflicts could also trigger this for station mode
+ * interfaces. This event can be propagated when channel switching
+ * fails.
+ */
+ EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL
+ *
+ * Driver generates this event whenever it detects a better channel
+ * (e.g., based on RSSI or channel use). This information can be used
+ * to improve channel selection for a new AP/P2P group.
+ */
+ EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_UNPROT_DEAUTH - Unprotected Deauthentication frame received
+ *
+ * This event should be called when a Deauthentication frame is dropped
+ * due to it not being protected (MFP/IEEE 802.11w).
+ * union wpa_event_data::unprot_deauth is required to provide more
+ * details of the frame.
+ */
+ EVENT_UNPROT_DEAUTH,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_UNPROT_DISASSOC - Unprotected Disassociation frame received
+ *
+ * This event should be called when a Disassociation frame is dropped
+ * due to it not being protected (MFP/IEEE 802.11w).
+ * union wpa_event_data::unprot_disassoc is required to provide more
+ * details of the frame.
+ */
+ EVENT_UNPROT_DISASSOC,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK
+ *
+ * Driver generates this event whenever it detected that a particular
+ * station was lost. Detection can be through massive transmission
+ * failures for example.
+ */
+ EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST - IBSS peer not reachable anymore
+ */
+ EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY - Device/driver did GTK rekey
+ *
+ * This event carries the new replay counter to notify wpa_supplicant
+ * of the current EAPOL-Key Replay Counter in case the driver/firmware
+ * completed Group Key Handshake while the host (including
+ * wpa_supplicant was sleeping).
+ */
+ EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED - Scheduled scan was stopped
+ */
+ EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK - Station responded to poll
+ *
+ * This event indicates that the station responded to the poll
+ * initiated with @poll_client.
+ */
+ EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_EAPOL_TX_STATUS - notify of EAPOL TX status
+ */
+ EVENT_EAPOL_TX_STATUS,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_CH_SWITCH - AP or GO decided to switch channels
+ *
+ * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch
+ * */
+ EVENT_CH_SWITCH,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_CH_SWITCH_STARTED - AP or GO started to switch channels
+ *
+ * This is a pre-switch event indicating the shortly following switch
+ * of operating channels.
+ *
+ * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch
+ */
+ EVENT_CH_SWITCH_STARTED,
+ /**
+ * EVENT_WNM - Request WNM operation
+ *
+ * This event can be used to request a WNM operation to be performed.
+ */
+ EVENT_WNM,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON - Connection failure reason in AP mode
+ *
+ * This event indicates that the driver reported a connection failure
+ * with the specified client (for example, max client reached, etc.) in
+ * AP mode.
+ */
+ EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DFS_RADAR_DETECTED - Notify of radar detection
+ *
+ * A radar has been detected on the supplied frequency, hostapd should
+ * react accordingly (e.g., change channel).
+ */
+ EVENT_DFS_RADAR_DETECTED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DFS_CAC_FINISHED - Notify that channel availability check has been completed
+ *
+ * After a successful CAC, the channel can be marked clear and used.
+ */
+ EVENT_DFS_CAC_FINISHED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DFS_CAC_ABORTED - Notify that channel availability check has been aborted
+ *
+ * The CAC was not successful, and the channel remains in the previous
+ * state. This may happen due to a radar being detected or other
+ * external influences.
+ */
+ EVENT_DFS_CAC_ABORTED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DFS_NOP_FINISHED - Notify that non-occupancy period is over
+ *
+ * The channel which was previously unavailable is now available again.
+ */
+ EVENT_DFS_NOP_FINISHED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_SURVEY - Received survey data
+ *
+ * This event gets triggered when a driver query is issued for survey
+ * data and the requested data becomes available. The returned data is
+ * stored in struct survey_results. The results provide at most one
+ * survey entry for each frequency and at minimum will provide one
+ * survey entry for one frequency. The survey data can be os_malloc()'d
+ * and then os_free()'d, so the event callback must only copy data.
+ */
+ EVENT_SURVEY,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_SCAN_STARTED - Scan started
+ *
+ * This indicates that driver has started a scan operation either based
+ * on a request from wpa_supplicant/hostapd or from another application.
+ * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS is used to indicate when the scan has been
+ * completed (either successfully or by getting cancelled).
+ */
+ EVENT_SCAN_STARTED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES - Received avoid frequency range
+ *
+ * This event indicates a set of frequency ranges that should be avoided
+ * to reduce issues due to interference or internal co-existence
+ * information in the driver.
+ */
+ EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE - new (unknown) mesh peer notification
+ */
+ EVENT_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED - Received selected channels by ACS
+ *
+ * Indicates a pair of primary and secondary channels chosen by ACS
+ * in device.
+ */
+ EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DFS_CAC_STARTED - Notify that channel availability check has
+ * been started.
+ *
+ * This event indicates that channel availability check has been started
+ * on a DFS frequency by a driver that supports DFS Offload.
+ */
+ EVENT_DFS_CAC_STARTED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_P2P_LO_STOP - Notify that P2P listen offload is stopped
+ */
+ EVENT_P2P_LO_STOP,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_BEACON_LOSS - Beacon loss detected
+ *
+ * This event indicates that no Beacon frames has been received from
+ * the current AP. This may indicate that the AP is not anymore in
+ * range.
+ */
+ EVENT_BEACON_LOSS,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_DFS_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED - Notify that channel availability check
+ * done previously (Pre-CAC) on the channel has expired. This would
+ * normally be on a non-ETSI DFS regulatory domain. DFS state of the
+ * channel will be moved from available to usable. A new CAC has to be
+ * performed before start operating on this channel.
+ */
+ EVENT_DFS_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH - This event interface is used by host drivers
+ * that do not define separate commands for authentication and
+ * association (~WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME) but offload the 802.11
+ * authentication to wpa_supplicant. This event carries all the
+ * necessary information from the host driver for the authentication to
+ * happen.
+ */
+ EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_PORT_AUTHORIZED - Notification that a connection is authorized
+ *
+ * This event should be indicated when the driver completes the 4-way
+ * handshake. This event should be preceded by an EVENT_ASSOC that
+ * indicates the completion of IEEE 802.11 association.
+ */
+ EVENT_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED - Notify STA's HT/VHT operation mode
+ * change event.
+ */
+ EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_INTERFACE_MAC_CHANGED - Notify that interface MAC changed
+ *
+ * This event is emitted when the MAC changes while the interface is
+ * enabled. When an interface was disabled and becomes enabled, it
+ * must be always assumed that the MAC possibly changed.
+ */
+ EVENT_INTERFACE_MAC_CHANGED,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS - Notify WDS STA interface status
+ *
+ * This event is emitted when an interface is added/removed for WDS STA.
+ */
+ EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_UPDATE_DH - Notification of updated DH information
+ */
+ EVENT_UPDATE_DH,
+
+ /**
+ * EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON - Unprotected Beacon frame received
+ *
+ * This event should be called when a Beacon frame is dropped due to it
+ * not being protected correctly. union wpa_event_data::unprot_beacon
+ * is required to provide more details of the frame.
+ */
+ EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * struct freq_survey - Channel survey info
+ *
+ * @ifidx: Interface index in which this survey was observed
+ * @freq: Center of frequency of the surveyed channel
+ * @nf: Channel noise floor in dBm
+ * @channel_time: Amount of time in ms the radio spent on the channel
+ * @channel_time_busy: Amount of time in ms the radio detected some signal
+ * that indicated to the radio the channel was not clear
+ * @channel_time_rx: Amount of time the radio spent receiving data
+ * @channel_time_tx: Amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
+ * @filled: bitmask indicating which fields have been reported, see
+ * SURVEY_HAS_* defines.
+ * @list: Internal list pointers
+ */
+struct freq_survey {
+ u32 ifidx;
+ unsigned int freq;
+ s8 nf;
+ u64 channel_time;
+ u64 channel_time_busy;
+ u64 channel_time_rx;
+ u64 channel_time_tx;
+ unsigned int filled;
+ struct dl_list list;
+};
+
+#define SURVEY_HAS_NF BIT(0)
+#define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME BIT(1)
+#define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_BUSY BIT(2)
+#define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_RX BIT(3)
+#define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_TX BIT(4)
+
+/**
+ * enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes - STA connect failure reason code values
+ * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED: No reason code specified for
+ * connection failure.
+ * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_NO_BSS_FOUND: No Probe Response frame received
+ * for unicast Probe Request frame.
+ * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_TX_FAIL: STA failed to send auth request.
+ * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_ACK_RECEIVED: AP didn't send ACK for
+ * auth request.
+ * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_RESP_RECEIVED: Auth response is not
+ * received from AP.
+ * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_REQ_TX_FAIL: STA failed to send
+ * Association Request frame.
+ * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_ACK_RECEIVED: AP didn't send ACK for
+ * Association Request frame.
+ * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_RESP_RECEIVED: Association Response
+ * frame is not received from AP.
+ */
+enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes {
+ STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+ STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_NO_BSS_FOUND = 1,
+ STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_TX_FAIL = 2,
+ STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_ACK_RECEIVED = 3,
+ STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_RESP_RECEIVED = 4,
+ STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_REQ_TX_FAIL = 5,
+ STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_ACK_RECEIVED = 6,
+ STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_RESP_RECEIVED = 7,
+};
+
+/**
+ * union wpa_event_data - Additional data for wpa_supplicant_event() calls
+ */
+union wpa_event_data {
+ /**
+ * struct assoc_info - Data for EVENT_ASSOC and EVENT_ASSOCINFO events
+ *
+ * This structure is optional for EVENT_ASSOC calls and required for
+ * EVENT_ASSOCINFO calls. By using EVENT_ASSOC with this data, the
+ * driver interface does not need to generate separate EVENT_ASSOCINFO
+ * calls.
+ */
+ struct assoc_info {
+ /**
+ * reassoc - Flag to indicate association or reassociation
+ */
+ int reassoc;
+
+ /**
+ * req_ies - (Re)Association Request IEs
+ *
+ * If the driver generates WPA/RSN IE, this event data must be
+ * returned for WPA handshake to have needed information. If
+ * wpa_supplicant-generated WPA/RSN IE is used, this
+ * information event is optional.
+ *
+ * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
+ * are not included).
+ */
+ const u8 *req_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * req_ies_len - Length of req_ies in bytes
+ */
+ size_t req_ies_len;
+
+ /**
+ * resp_ies - (Re)Association Response IEs
+ *
+ * Optional association data from the driver. This data is not
+ * required WPA, but may be useful for some protocols and as
+ * such, should be reported if this is available to the driver
+ * interface.
+ *
+ * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
+ * are not included).
+ */
+ const u8 *resp_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * resp_ies_len - Length of resp_ies in bytes
+ */
+ size_t resp_ies_len;
+
+ /**
+ * resp_frame - (Re)Association Response frame
+ */
+ const u8 *resp_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * resp_frame_len - (Re)Association Response frame length
+ */
+ size_t resp_frame_len;
+
+ /**
+ * beacon_ies - Beacon or Probe Response IEs
+ *
+ * Optional Beacon/ProbeResp data: IEs included in Beacon or
+ * Probe Response frames from the current AP (i.e., the one
+ * that the client just associated with). This information is
+ * used to update WPA/RSN IE for the AP. If this field is not
+ * set, the results from previous scan will be used. If no
+ * data for the new AP is found, scan results will be requested
+ * again (without scan request). At this point, the driver is
+ * expected to provide WPA/RSN IE for the AP (if WPA/WPA2 is
+ * used).
+ *
+ * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
+ * are not included).
+ */
+ const u8 *beacon_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * beacon_ies_len - Length of beacon_ies */
+ size_t beacon_ies_len;
+
+ /**
+ * freq - Frequency of the operational channel in MHz
+ */
+ unsigned int freq;
+
+ /**
+ * wmm_params - WMM parameters used in this association.
+ */
+ struct wmm_params wmm_params;
+
+ /**
+ * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
+ */
+ const u8 *addr;
+
+ /**
+ * The following is the key management offload information
+ * @authorized
+ * @key_replay_ctr
+ * @key_replay_ctr_len
+ * @ptk_kck
+ * @ptk_kek_len
+ * @ptk_kek
+ * @ptk_kek_len
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * authorized - Status of key management offload,
+ * 1 = successful
+ */
+ int authorized;
+
+ /**
+ * key_replay_ctr - Key replay counter value last used
+ * in a valid EAPOL-Key frame
+ */
+ const u8 *key_replay_ctr;
+
+ /**
+ * key_replay_ctr_len - The length of key_replay_ctr
+ */
+ size_t key_replay_ctr_len;
+
+ /**
+ * ptk_kck - The derived PTK KCK
+ */
+ const u8 *ptk_kck;
+
+ /**
+ * ptk_kek_len - The length of ptk_kck
+ */
+ size_t ptk_kck_len;
+
+ /**
+ * ptk_kek - The derived PTK KEK
+ * This is used in key management offload and also in FILS SK
+ * offload.
+ */
+ const u8 *ptk_kek;
+
+ /**
+ * ptk_kek_len - The length of ptk_kek
+ */
+ size_t ptk_kek_len;
+
+ /**
+ * subnet_status - The subnet status:
+ * 0 = unknown, 1 = unchanged, 2 = changed
+ */
+ u8 subnet_status;
+
+ /**
+ * The following information is used in FILS SK offload
+ * @fils_erp_next_seq_num
+ * @fils_pmk
+ * @fils_pmk_len
+ * @fils_pmkid
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in
+ * FILS ERP messages
+ */
+ u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_pmk - A new PMK if generated in case of FILS
+ * authentication
+ */
+ const u8 *fils_pmk;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_pmk_len - Length of fils_pmk
+ */
+ size_t fils_pmk_len;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_pmkid - PMKID used or generated in FILS authentication
+ */
+ const u8 *fils_pmkid;
+ } assoc_info;
+
+ /**
+ * struct disassoc_info - Data for EVENT_DISASSOC events
+ */
+ struct disassoc_info {
+ /**
+ * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
+ */
+ const u8 *addr;
+
+ /**
+ * reason_code - Reason Code (host byte order) used in
+ * Deauthentication frame
+ */
+ u16 reason_code;
+
+ /**
+ * ie - Optional IE(s) in Disassociation frame
+ */
+ const u8 *ie;
+
+ /**
+ * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
+ */
+ size_t ie_len;
+
+ /**
+ * locally_generated - Whether the frame was locally generated
+ */
+ int locally_generated;
+ } disassoc_info;
+
+ /**
+ * struct deauth_info - Data for EVENT_DEAUTH events
+ */
+ struct deauth_info {
+ /**
+ * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
+ */
+ const u8 *addr;
+
+ /**
+ * reason_code - Reason Code (host byte order) used in
+ * Deauthentication frame
+ */
+ u16 reason_code;
+
+ /**
+ * ie - Optional IE(s) in Deauthentication frame
+ */
+ const u8 *ie;
+
+ /**
+ * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
+ */
+ size_t ie_len;
+
+ /**
+ * locally_generated - Whether the frame was locally generated
+ */
+ int locally_generated;
+ } deauth_info;
+
+ /**
+ * struct michael_mic_failure - Data for EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE
+ */
+ struct michael_mic_failure {
+ int unicast;
+ const u8 *src;
+ } michael_mic_failure;
+
+ /**
+ * struct interface_status - Data for EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS
+ */
+ struct interface_status {
+ unsigned int ifindex;
+ char ifname[100];
+ enum {
+ EVENT_INTERFACE_ADDED, EVENT_INTERFACE_REMOVED
+ } ievent;
+ } interface_status;
+
+ /**
+ * struct pmkid_candidate - Data for EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE
+ */
+ struct pmkid_candidate {
+ /** BSSID of the PMKID candidate */
+ u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ /** Smaller the index, higher the priority */
+ int index;
+ /** Whether RSN IE includes pre-authenticate flag */
+ int preauth;
+ } pmkid_candidate;
+
+ /**
+ * struct tdls - Data for EVENT_TDLS
+ */
+ struct tdls {
+ u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
+ enum {
+ TDLS_REQUEST_SETUP,
+ TDLS_REQUEST_TEARDOWN,
+ TDLS_REQUEST_DISCOVER,
+ } oper;
+ u16 reason_code; /* for teardown */
+ } tdls;
+
+ /**
+ * struct wnm - Data for EVENT_WNM
+ */
+ struct wnm {
+ u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+ enum {
+ WNM_OPER_SLEEP,
+ } oper;
+ enum {
+ WNM_SLEEP_ENTER,
+ WNM_SLEEP_EXIT
+ } sleep_action;
+ int sleep_intval;
+ u16 reason_code;
+ u8 *buf;
+ u16 buf_len;
+ } wnm;
+
+ /**
+ * struct ft_ies - FT information elements (EVENT_FT_RESPONSE)
+ *
+ * During FT (IEEE 802.11r) authentication sequence, the driver is
+ * expected to use this event to report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE,
+ * RSN IE, TIE, possible resource request) to the supplicant. The FT
+ * IEs for the next message will be delivered through the
+ * struct wpa_driver_ops::update_ft_ies() callback.
+ */
+ struct ft_ies {
+ const u8 *ies;
+ size_t ies_len;
+ int ft_action;
+ u8 target_ap[ETH_ALEN];
+ /** Optional IE(s), e.g., WMM TSPEC(s), for RIC-Request */
+ const u8 *ric_ies;
+ /** Length of ric_ies buffer in octets */
+ size_t ric_ies_len;
+ } ft_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * struct ibss_rsn_start - Data for EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START
+ */
+ struct ibss_rsn_start {
+ u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
+ } ibss_rsn_start;
+
+ /**
+ * struct auth_info - Data for EVENT_AUTH events
+ */
+ struct auth_info {
+ u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
+ u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ u16 auth_type;
+ u16 auth_transaction;
+ u16 status_code;
+ const u8 *ies;
+ size_t ies_len;
+ } auth;
+
+ /**
+ * struct assoc_reject - Data for EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT events
+ */
+ struct assoc_reject {
+ /**
+ * bssid - BSSID of the AP that rejected association
+ */
+ const u8 *bssid;
+
+ /**
+ * resp_ies - (Re)Association Response IEs
+ *
+ * Optional association data from the driver. This data is not
+ * required WPA, but may be useful for some protocols and as
+ * such, should be reported if this is available to the driver
+ * interface.
+ *
+ * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
+ * are not included).
+ */
+ const u8 *resp_ies;
+
+ /**
+ * resp_ies_len - Length of resp_ies in bytes
+ */
+ size_t resp_ies_len;
+
+ /**
+ * status_code - Status Code from (Re)association Response
+ */
+ u16 status_code;
+
+ /**
+ * timed_out - Whether failure is due to timeout (etc.) rather
+ * than explicit rejection response from the AP.
+ */
+ int timed_out;
+
+ /**
+ * timeout_reason - Reason for the timeout
+ */
+ const char *timeout_reason;
+
+ /**
+ * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in
+ * FILS ERP messages
+ */
+ u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
+
+ /**
+ * reason_code - Connection failure reason code from the driver
+ */
+ enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes reason_code;
+ } assoc_reject;
+
+ struct timeout_event {
+ u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+ } timeout_event;
+
+ /**
+ * struct tx_status - Data for EVENT_TX_STATUS events
+ */
+ struct tx_status {
+ u16 type;
+ u16 stype;
+ const u8 *dst;
+ const u8 *data;
+ size_t data_len;
+ int ack;
+ } tx_status;
+
+ /**
+ * struct rx_from_unknown - Data for EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN events
+ */
+ struct rx_from_unknown {
+ const u8 *bssid;
+ const u8 *addr;
+ int wds;
+ } rx_from_unknown;
+
+ /**
+ * struct rx_mgmt - Data for EVENT_RX_MGMT events
+ */
+ struct rx_mgmt {
+ const u8 *frame;
+ size_t frame_len;
+ u32 datarate;
+
+ /**
+ * drv_priv - Pointer to store driver private BSS information
+ *
+ * If not set to NULL, this is used for comparison with
+ * hostapd_data->drv_priv to determine which BSS should process
+ * the frame.
+ */
+ void *drv_priv;
+
+ /**
+ * freq - Frequency (in MHz) on which the frame was received
+ */
+ int freq;
+
+ /**
+ * ssi_signal - Signal strength in dBm (or 0 if not available)
+ */
+ int ssi_signal;
+ } rx_mgmt;
+
+ /**
+ * struct remain_on_channel - Data for EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL events
+ *
+ * This is also used with EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL events.
+ */
+ struct remain_on_channel {
+ /**
+ * freq - Channel frequency in MHz
+ */
+ unsigned int freq;
+
+ /**
+ * duration - Duration to remain on the channel in milliseconds
+ */
+ unsigned int duration;
+ } remain_on_channel;
+
+ /**
+ * struct scan_info - Optional data for EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS events
+ * @aborted: Whether the scan was aborted
+ * @freqs: Scanned frequencies in MHz (%NULL = all channels scanned)
+ * @num_freqs: Number of entries in freqs array
+ * @ssids: Scanned SSIDs (%NULL or zero-length SSID indicates wildcard
+ * SSID)
+ * @num_ssids: Number of entries in ssids array
+ * @external_scan: Whether the scan info is for an external scan
+ * @nl_scan_event: 1 if the source of this scan event is a normal scan,
+ * 0 if the source of the scan event is a vendor scan
+ * @scan_start_tsf: Time when the scan started in terms of TSF of the
+ * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
+ * (if available).
+ * @scan_start_tsf_bssid: The BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf
+ * is set.
+ */
+ struct scan_info {
+ int aborted;
+ const int *freqs;
+ size_t num_freqs;
+ struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid ssids[WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS];
+ size_t num_ssids;
+ int external_scan;
+ int nl_scan_event;
+ u64 scan_start_tsf;
+ u8 scan_start_tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ } scan_info;
+
+ /**
+ * struct rx_probe_req - Data for EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events
+ */
+ struct rx_probe_req {
+ /**
+ * sa - Source address of the received Probe Request frame
+ */
+ const u8 *sa;
+
+ /**
+ * da - Destination address of the received Probe Request frame
+ * or %NULL if not available
+ */
+ const u8 *da;
+
+ /**
+ * bssid - BSSID of the received Probe Request frame or %NULL
+ * if not available
+ */
+ const u8 *bssid;
+
+ /**
+ * ie - IEs from the Probe Request body
+ */
+ const u8 *ie;
+
+ /**
+ * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
+ */
+ size_t ie_len;
+
+ /**
+ * signal - signal strength in dBm (or 0 if not available)
+ */
+ int ssi_signal;
+ } rx_probe_req;
+
+ /**
+ * struct new_sta - Data for EVENT_NEW_STA events
+ */
+ struct new_sta {
+ const u8 *addr;
+ } new_sta;
+
+ /**
+ * struct eapol_rx - Data for EVENT_EAPOL_RX events
+ */
+ struct eapol_rx {
+ const u8 *src;
+ const u8 *data;
+ size_t data_len;
+ } eapol_rx;
+
+ /**
+ * signal_change - Data for EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE events
+ */
+ struct wpa_signal_info signal_change;
+
+ /**
+ * struct best_channel - Data for EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL events
+ * @freq_24: Best 2.4 GHz band channel frequency in MHz
+ * @freq_5: Best 5 GHz band channel frequency in MHz
+ * @freq_overall: Best channel frequency in MHz
+ *
+ * 0 can be used to indicate no preference in either band.
+ */
+ struct best_channel {
+ int freq_24;
+ int freq_5;
+ int freq_overall;
+ } best_chan;
+
+ struct unprot_deauth {
+ const u8 *sa;
+ const u8 *da;
+ u16 reason_code;
+ } unprot_deauth;
+
+ struct unprot_disassoc {
+ const u8 *sa;
+ const u8 *da;
+ u16 reason_code;
+ } unprot_disassoc;
+
+ /**
+ * struct low_ack - Data for EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK events
+ * @addr: station address
+ * @num_packets: Number of packets lost (consecutive packets not
+ * acknowledged)
+ */
+ struct low_ack {
+ u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+ u32 num_packets;
+ } low_ack;
+
+ /**
+ * struct ibss_peer_lost - Data for EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST
+ */
+ struct ibss_peer_lost {
+ u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
+ } ibss_peer_lost;
+
+ /**
+ * struct driver_gtk_rekey - Data for EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY
+ */
+ struct driver_gtk_rekey {
+ const u8 *bssid;
+ const u8 *replay_ctr;
+ } driver_gtk_rekey;
+
+ /**
+ * struct client_poll - Data for EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK events
+ * @addr: station address
+ */
+ struct client_poll {
+ u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+ } client_poll;
+
+ /**
+ * struct eapol_tx_status
+ * @dst: Original destination
+ * @data: Data starting with IEEE 802.1X header (!)
+ * @data_len: Length of data
+ * @ack: Indicates ack or lost frame
+ *
+ * This corresponds to hapd_send_eapol if the frame sent
+ * there isn't just reported as EVENT_TX_STATUS.
+ */
+ struct eapol_tx_status {
+ const u8 *dst;
+ const u8 *data;
+ int data_len;
+ int ack;
+ } eapol_tx_status;
+
+ /**
+ * struct ch_switch
+ * @freq: Frequency of new channel in MHz
+ * @ht_enabled: Whether this is an HT channel
+ * @ch_offset: Secondary channel offset
+ * @ch_width: Channel width
+ * @cf1: Center frequency 1
+ * @cf2: Center frequency 2
+ */
+ struct ch_switch {
+ int freq;
+ int ht_enabled;
+ int ch_offset;
+ enum chan_width ch_width;
+ int cf1;
+ int cf2;
+ } ch_switch;
+
+ /**
+ * struct connect_failed - Data for EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON
+ * @addr: Remote client address
+ * @code: Reason code for connection failure
+ */
+ struct connect_failed_reason {
+ u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+ enum {
+ MAX_CLIENT_REACHED,
+ BLOCKED_CLIENT
+ } code;
+ } connect_failed_reason;
+
+ /**
+ * struct dfs_event - Data for radar detected events
+ * @freq: Frequency of the channel in MHz
+ */
+ struct dfs_event {
+ int freq;
+ int ht_enabled;
+ int chan_offset;
+ enum chan_width chan_width;
+ int cf1;
+ int cf2;
+ } dfs_event;
+
+ /**
+ * survey_results - Survey result data for EVENT_SURVEY
+ * @freq_filter: Requested frequency survey filter, 0 if request
+ * was for all survey data
+ * @survey_list: Linked list of survey data (struct freq_survey)
+ */
+ struct survey_results {
+ unsigned int freq_filter;
+ struct dl_list survey_list; /* struct freq_survey */
+ } survey_results;
+
+ /**
+ * channel_list_changed - Data for EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED
+ * @initiator: Initiator of the regulatory change
+ * @type: Regulatory change type
+ * @alpha2: Country code (or "" if not available)
+ */
+ struct channel_list_changed {
+ enum reg_change_initiator initiator;
+ enum reg_type type;
+ char alpha2[3];
+ } channel_list_changed;
+
+ /**
+ * freq_range - List of frequency ranges
+ *
+ * This is used as the data with EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES.
+ */
+ struct wpa_freq_range_list freq_range;
+
+ /**
+ * struct mesh_peer
+ *
+ * @peer: Peer address
+ * @ies: Beacon IEs
+ * @ie_len: Length of @ies
+ *
+ * Notification of new candidate mesh peer.
+ */
+ struct mesh_peer {
+ const u8 *peer;
+ const u8 *ies;
+ size_t ie_len;
+ } mesh_peer;
+
+ /**
+ * struct acs_selected_channels - Data for EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED
+ * @pri_freq: Selected primary frequency
+ * @sec_freq: Selected secondary frequency
+ * @edmg_channel: Selected EDMG channel
+ * @vht_seg0_center_ch: VHT mode Segment0 center channel
+ * The value is the index of the channel center frequency for
+ * 20 MHz, 40 MHz, and 80 MHz channels. The value is the center
+ * frequency index of the primary 80 MHz segment for 160 MHz and
+ * 80+80 MHz channels.
+ * @vht_seg1_center_ch: VHT mode Segment1 center channel
+ * The value is zero for 20 MHz, 40 MHz, and 80 MHz channels. The
+ * value is the index of the channel center frequency for 160 MHz
+ * channels and the center frequency index of the secondary 80 MHz
+ * segment for 80+80 MHz channels.
+ * @ch_width: Selected Channel width by driver. Driver may choose to
+ * change hostapd configured ACS channel width due driver internal
+ * channel restrictions.
+ * hw_mode: Selected band (used with hw_mode=any)
+ */
+ struct acs_selected_channels {
+ unsigned int pri_freq;
+ unsigned int sec_freq;
+ u8 edmg_channel;
+ u8 vht_seg0_center_ch;
+ u8 vht_seg1_center_ch;
+ u16 ch_width;
+ enum hostapd_hw_mode hw_mode;
+ } acs_selected_channels;
+
+ /**
+ * struct p2p_lo_stop - Reason code for P2P Listen offload stop event
+ * @reason_code: Reason for stopping offload
+ * P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_COMPLETE: Listen offload finished as
+ * scheduled.
+ * P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_RECV_STOP_CMD: Host requested offload to
+ * be stopped.
+ * P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_INVALID_PARAM: Invalid listen offload
+ * parameters.
+ * P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_NOT_SUPPORTED: Listen offload not
+ * supported by device.
+ */
+ struct p2p_lo_stop {
+ enum {
+ P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_COMPLETE = 0,
+ P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_RECV_STOP_CMD,
+ P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_INVALID_PARAM,
+ P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_NOT_SUPPORTED,
+ } reason_code;
+ } p2p_lo_stop;
+
+ /* For EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH */
+ struct external_auth external_auth;
+
+ /**
+ * struct sta_opmode - Station's operation mode change event
+ * @addr: The station MAC address
+ * @smps_mode: SMPS mode of the station
+ * @chan_width: Channel width of the station
+ * @rx_nss: RX_NSS of the station
+ *
+ * This is used as data with EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED.
+ */
+ struct sta_opmode {
+ const u8 *addr;
+ enum smps_mode smps_mode;
+ enum chan_width chan_width;
+ u8 rx_nss;
+ } sta_opmode;
+
+ /**
+ * struct wds_sta_interface - Data for EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS.
+ */
+ struct wds_sta_interface {
+ const u8 *sta_addr;
+ const char *ifname;
+ enum {
+ INTERFACE_ADDED,
+ INTERFACE_REMOVED
+ } istatus;
+ } wds_sta_interface;
+
+ /**
+ * struct update_dh - Data for EVENT_UPDATE_DH
+ */
+ struct update_dh {
+ const u8 *peer;
+ const u8 *ie;
+ size_t ie_len;
+ } update_dh;
+
+ /**
+ * struct unprot_beacon - Data for EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON
+ */
+ struct unprot_beacon {
+ const u8 *sa;
+ } unprot_beacon;
+};
+
+/**
+ * wpa_supplicant_event - Report a driver event for wpa_supplicant
+ * @ctx: Context pointer (wpa_s); this is the ctx variable registered
+ * with struct wpa_driver_ops::init()
+ * @event: event type (defined above)
+ * @data: possible extra data for the event
+ *
+ * Driver wrapper code should call this function whenever an event is received
+ * from the driver.
+ */
+void wpa_supplicant_event(void *ctx, enum wpa_event_type event,
+ union wpa_event_data *data);
+
+/**
+ * wpa_supplicant_event_global - Report a driver event for wpa_supplicant
+ * @ctx: Context pointer (wpa_s); this is the ctx variable registered
+ * with struct wpa_driver_ops::init()
+ * @event: event type (defined above)
+ * @data: possible extra data for the event
+ *
+ * Same as wpa_supplicant_event(), but we search for the interface in
+ * wpa_global.
+ */
+void wpa_supplicant_event_global(void *ctx, enum wpa_event_type event,
+ union wpa_event_data *data);
+
+/*
+ * The following inline functions are provided for convenience to simplify
+ * event indication for some of the common events.
+ */
+
+static inline void drv_event_assoc(void *ctx, const u8 *addr, const u8 *ie,
+ size_t ielen, int reassoc)
+{
+ union wpa_event_data event;
+ os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+ event.assoc_info.reassoc = reassoc;
+ event.assoc_info.req_ies = ie;
+ event.assoc_info.req_ies_len = ielen;
+ event.assoc_info.addr = addr;
+ wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_ASSOC, &event);
+}
+
+static inline void drv_event_disassoc(void *ctx, const u8 *addr)
+{
+ union wpa_event_data event;
+ os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+ event.disassoc_info.addr = addr;
+ wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_DISASSOC, &event);
+}
+
+static inline void drv_event_eapol_rx(void *ctx, const u8 *src, const u8 *data,
+ size_t data_len)
+{
+ union wpa_event_data event;
+ os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+ event.eapol_rx.src = src;
+ event.eapol_rx.data = data;
+ event.eapol_rx.data_len = data_len;
+ wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, &event);
+}
+
+/* driver_common.c */
+void wpa_scan_results_free(struct wpa_scan_results *res);
+
+/* Convert wpa_event_type to a string for logging */
+const char * event_to_string(enum wpa_event_type event);
+
+/* Convert chan_width to a string for logging and control interfaces */
+const char * channel_width_to_string(enum chan_width width);
+
+int channel_width_to_int(enum chan_width width);
+
+int ht_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode);
+int vht_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode);
+
+struct wowlan_triggers *
+wpa_get_wowlan_triggers(const char *wowlan_triggers,
+ const struct wpa_driver_capa *capa);
+/* Convert driver flag to string */
+const char * driver_flag_to_string(u64 flag);
+const char * driver_flag2_to_string(u64 flag2);
+
+/* NULL terminated array of linked in driver wrappers */
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops *const wpa_drivers[];
+
+
+/* Available drivers */
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_wext_ops; /* driver_wext.c */
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211
+/* driver_nl80211.c */
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_nl80211_ops;
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211 */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_HOSTAP
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_hostap_ops; /* driver_hostap.c */
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_HOSTAP */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_BSD
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_bsd_ops; /* driver_bsd.c */
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_BSD */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_OPENBSD
+/* driver_openbsd.c */
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_openbsd_ops;
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_OPENBSD */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NDIS
+extern struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_ndis_ops; /* driver_ndis.c */
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NDIS */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_wired_ops; /* driver_wired.c */
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_QCA
+/* driver_macsec_qca.c */
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_macsec_qca_ops;
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_QCA */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_LINUX
+/* driver_macsec_linux.c */
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_macsec_linux_ops;
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_LINUX */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_ROBOSWITCH
+/* driver_roboswitch.c */
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_roboswitch_ops;
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_ROBOSWITCH */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_ATHEROS
+/* driver_atheros.c */
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_atheros_ops;
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_ATHEROS */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NONE
+extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_none_ops; /* driver_none.c */
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NONE */
+
+#endif /* DRIVER_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_hostap.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_hostap.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ac0b83a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_hostap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+ * Driver interaction with Linux Host AP driver
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2006, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HOSTAP_DRIVER_H
+#define HOSTAP_DRIVER_H
+
+/* netdevice private ioctls (used, e.g., with iwpriv from user space) */
+
+/* New wireless extensions API - SET/GET convention (even ioctl numbers are
+ * root only)
+ */
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_PRISM2_PARAM (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 0)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_GET_PRISM2_PARAM (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 1)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_WRITEMIF (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 2)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_READMIF (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 3)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_MONITOR (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 4)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_RESET (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 6)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_INQUIRE (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 8)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_WDS_ADD (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 10)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_WDS_DEL (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 12)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_SET_RID_WORD (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 14)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_MACCMD (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 16)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_ADDMAC (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 18)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_DELMAC (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 20)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_KICKMAC (SIOCIWFIRSTPRIV + 22)
+
+/* following are not in SIOCGIWPRIV list; check permission in the driver code
+ */
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_DOWNLOAD (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 13)
+#define PRISM2_IOCTL_HOSTAPD (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 14)
+
+
+/* PRISM2_IOCTL_PRISM2_PARAM ioctl() subtypes: */
+enum {
+ /* PRISM2_PARAM_PTYPE = 1, */ /* REMOVED 2003-10-22 */
+ PRISM2_PARAM_TXRATECTRL = 2,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_BEACON_INT = 3,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_PSEUDO_IBSS = 4,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_ALC = 5,
+ /* PRISM2_PARAM_TXPOWER = 6, */ /* REMOVED 2003-10-22 */
+ PRISM2_PARAM_DUMP = 7,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_OTHER_AP_POLICY = 8,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_AP_MAX_INACTIVITY = 9,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_AP_BRIDGE_PACKETS = 10,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD = 11,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_AP_NULLFUNC_ACK = 12,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_MAX_WDS = 13,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_AP_AUTOM_AP_WDS = 14,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_AP_AUTH_ALGS = 15,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_MONITOR_ALLOW_FCSERR = 16,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_HOST_ENCRYPT = 17,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_HOST_DECRYPT = 18,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_HOST_ROAMING = 21,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_BCRX_STA_KEY = 22,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_IEEE_802_1X = 23,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_ANTSEL_TX = 24,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_ANTSEL_RX = 25,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_MONITOR_TYPE = 26,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_WDS_TYPE = 27,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_HOSTSCAN = 28,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_AP_SCAN = 29,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_ENH_SEC = 30,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_IO_DEBUG = 31,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_BASIC_RATES = 32,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_OPER_RATES = 33,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_HOSTAPD = 34,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_HOSTAPD_STA = 35,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_WPA = 36,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_PRIVACY_INVOKED = 37,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_TKIP_COUNTERMEASURES = 38,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_DROP_UNENCRYPTED = 39,
+ PRISM2_PARAM_SCAN_CHANNEL_MASK = 40,
+};
+
+enum { HOSTAP_ANTSEL_DO_NOT_TOUCH = 0, HOSTAP_ANTSEL_DIVERSITY = 1,
+ HOSTAP_ANTSEL_LOW = 2, HOSTAP_ANTSEL_HIGH = 3 };
+
+
+/* PRISM2_IOCTL_MACCMD ioctl() subcommands: */
+enum { AP_MAC_CMD_POLICY_OPEN = 0, AP_MAC_CMD_POLICY_ALLOW = 1,
+ AP_MAC_CMD_POLICY_DENY = 2, AP_MAC_CMD_FLUSH = 3,
+ AP_MAC_CMD_KICKALL = 4 };
+
+
+/* PRISM2_IOCTL_DOWNLOAD ioctl() dl_cmd: */
+enum {
+ PRISM2_DOWNLOAD_VOLATILE = 1 /* RAM */,
+ /* Note! Old versions of prism2_srec have a fatal error in CRC-16
+ * calculation, which will corrupt all non-volatile downloads.
+ * PRISM2_DOWNLOAD_NON_VOLATILE used to be 2, but it is now 3 to
+ * prevent use of old versions of prism2_srec for non-volatile
+ * download. */
+ PRISM2_DOWNLOAD_NON_VOLATILE = 3 /* FLASH */,
+ PRISM2_DOWNLOAD_VOLATILE_GENESIS = 4 /* RAM in Genesis mode */,
+ /* Persistent versions of volatile download commands (keep firmware
+ * data in memory and automatically re-download after hw_reset */
+ PRISM2_DOWNLOAD_VOLATILE_PERSISTENT = 5,
+ PRISM2_DOWNLOAD_VOLATILE_GENESIS_PERSISTENT = 6,
+};
+
+struct prism2_download_param {
+ u32 dl_cmd;
+ u32 start_addr;
+ u32 num_areas;
+ struct prism2_download_area {
+ u32 addr; /* wlan card address */
+ u32 len;
+ caddr_t ptr; /* pointer to data in user space */
+ } data[0];
+};
+
+#define PRISM2_MAX_DOWNLOAD_AREA_LEN 131072
+#define PRISM2_MAX_DOWNLOAD_LEN 262144
+
+
+/* PRISM2_IOCTL_HOSTAPD ioctl() cmd: */
+enum {
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_FLUSH = 1,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_ADD_STA = 2,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_REMOVE_STA = 3,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_GET_INFO_STA = 4,
+ /* REMOVED: PRISM2_HOSTAPD_RESET_TXEXC_STA = 5, */
+ PRISM2_SET_ENCRYPTION = 6,
+ PRISM2_GET_ENCRYPTION = 7,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_SET_FLAGS_STA = 8,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_GET_RID = 9,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_SET_RID = 10,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_SET_ASSOC_AP_ADDR = 11,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_SET_GENERIC_ELEMENT = 12,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_MLME = 13,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_SCAN_REQ = 14,
+ PRISM2_HOSTAPD_STA_CLEAR_STATS = 15,
+};
+
+#define PRISM2_HOSTAPD_MAX_BUF_SIZE 1024
+#define PRISM2_HOSTAPD_RID_HDR_LEN \
+((size_t) (&((struct prism2_hostapd_param *) 0)->u.rid.data))
+#define PRISM2_HOSTAPD_GENERIC_ELEMENT_HDR_LEN \
+((size_t) (&((struct prism2_hostapd_param *) 0)->u.generic_elem.data))
+
+/* Maximum length for algorithm names (-1 for nul termination) used in ioctl()
+ */
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_ALG_NAME_LEN 16
+
+
+struct prism2_hostapd_param {
+ u32 cmd;
+ u8 sta_addr[ETH_ALEN];
+ union {
+ struct {
+ u16 aid;
+ u16 capability;
+ u8 tx_supp_rates;
+ } add_sta;
+ struct {
+ u32 inactive_sec;
+ } get_info_sta;
+ struct {
+ u8 alg[HOSTAP_CRYPT_ALG_NAME_LEN];
+ u32 flags;
+ u32 err;
+ u8 idx;
+ u8 seq[8]; /* sequence counter (set: RX, get: TX) */
+ u16 key_len;
+ u8 key[0];
+ } crypt;
+ struct {
+ u32 flags_and;
+ u32 flags_or;
+ } set_flags_sta;
+ struct {
+ u16 rid;
+ u16 len;
+ u8 data[0];
+ } rid;
+ struct {
+ u8 len;
+ u8 data[0];
+ } generic_elem;
+ struct {
+#define MLME_STA_DEAUTH 0
+#define MLME_STA_DISASSOC 1
+ u16 cmd;
+ u16 reason_code;
+ } mlme;
+ struct {
+ u8 ssid_len;
+ u8 ssid[SSID_MAX_LEN];
+ } scan_req;
+ } u;
+};
+
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_FLAG_SET_TX_KEY BIT(0)
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_FLAG_PERMANENT BIT(1)
+
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_ERR_UNKNOWN_ALG 2
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_ERR_UNKNOWN_ADDR 3
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_ERR_CRYPT_INIT_FAILED 4
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_ERR_KEY_SET_FAILED 5
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_ERR_TX_KEY_SET_FAILED 6
+#define HOSTAP_CRYPT_ERR_CARD_CONF_FAILED 7
+
+#endif /* HOSTAP_DRIVER_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_ndis.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_ndis.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..89d136d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_ndis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * WPA Supplicant - Windows/NDIS driver interface
+ * Copyright (c) 2004-2006, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DRIVER_NDIS_H
+#define DRIVER_NDIS_H
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_NDIS_EVENTS_INTEGRATED
+struct ndis_events_data;
+struct ndis_events_data * ndis_events_init(HANDLE *read_pipe, HANDLE *event,
+ const char *ifname,
+ const char *desc);
+void ndis_events_deinit(struct ndis_events_data *events);
+#endif /* CONFIG_NDIS_EVENTS_INTEGRATED */
+
+struct ndis_pmkid_entry {
+ struct ndis_pmkid_entry *next;
+ u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ u8 pmkid[16];
+};
+
+struct wpa_driver_ndis_data {
+ void *ctx;
+ char ifname[100]; /* GUID: {7EE3EFE5-C165-472F-986D-F6FBEDFE8C8D} */
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+ TCHAR *adapter_name;
+ HANDLE event_queue; /* NDISUIO notifier MsgQueue */
+ HANDLE connected_event; /* WpaSupplicantConnected event */
+#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */
+ u8 own_addr[ETH_ALEN];
+#ifdef CONFIG_USE_NDISUIO
+ HANDLE ndisuio;
+#else /* CONFIG_USE_NDISUIO */
+ LPADAPTER adapter;
+#endif /* CONFIG_USE_NDISUIO */
+ u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+
+ int has_capability;
+ int no_of_pmkid;
+ int radio_enabled;
+ struct wpa_driver_capa capa;
+ struct ndis_pmkid_entry *pmkid;
+ char *adapter_desc;
+ int wired;
+ int native80211;
+ int mode;
+ int wzc_disabled;
+ int oid_bssid_set;
+#ifdef CONFIG_NDIS_EVENTS_INTEGRATED
+ HANDLE events_pipe, event_avail;
+ struct ndis_events_data *events;
+#endif /* CONFIG_NDIS_EVENTS_INTEGRATED */
+};
+
+#endif /* DRIVER_NDIS_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_nl80211.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_nl80211.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..80d4564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_nl80211.h
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/*
+ * Driver interaction with Linux nl80211/cfg80211 - definitions
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2014, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2004, Instant802 Networks, Inc.
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Devicescape Software, Inc.
+ * Copyright (c) 2007, Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2010, Atheros Communications
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DRIVER_NL80211_H
+#define DRIVER_NL80211_H
+
+#include "nl80211_copy.h"
+#include "utils/list.h"
+#include "driver.h"
+
+#ifndef NL_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3_5_0
+#define nla_nest_start(msg, attrtype) \
+ nla_nest_start(msg, NLA_F_NESTED | (attrtype))
+#endif
+
+struct nl80211_global {
+ void *ctx;
+ struct dl_list interfaces;
+ int if_add_ifindex;
+ u64 if_add_wdevid;
+ int if_add_wdevid_set;
+ struct netlink_data *netlink;
+ struct nl_cb *nl_cb;
+ struct nl_sock *nl;
+ int nl80211_id;
+ int nlctrl_id;
+ int ioctl_sock; /* socket for ioctl() use */
+
+ struct nl_sock *nl_event;
+};
+
+struct nl80211_wiphy_data {
+ struct dl_list list;
+ struct dl_list bsss;
+ struct dl_list drvs;
+
+ struct nl_sock *nl_beacons;
+ struct nl_cb *nl_cb;
+
+ int wiphy_idx;
+};
+
+struct i802_bss {
+ struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv;
+ struct i802_bss *next;
+ int ifindex;
+ int br_ifindex;
+ u64 wdev_id;
+ char ifname[IFNAMSIZ + 1];
+ char brname[IFNAMSIZ];
+ unsigned int beacon_set:1;
+ unsigned int added_if_into_bridge:1;
+ unsigned int already_in_bridge:1;
+ unsigned int added_bridge:1;
+ unsigned int in_deinit:1;
+ unsigned int wdev_id_set:1;
+ unsigned int added_if:1;
+ unsigned int static_ap:1;
+ unsigned int use_nl_connect:1;
+
+ u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+
+ int freq;
+ int bandwidth;
+ int if_dynamic;
+
+ void *ctx;
+ struct nl_sock *nl_preq, *nl_mgmt, *nl_connect;
+ struct nl_cb *nl_cb;
+
+ struct nl80211_wiphy_data *wiphy_data;
+ struct dl_list wiphy_list;
+ u8 rand_addr[ETH_ALEN];
+};
+
+struct drv_nl80211_if_info {
+ int ifindex;
+ /* the AP/AP_VLAN iface that is in this bridge */
+ int reason;
+};
+
+struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data {
+ struct nl80211_global *global;
+ struct dl_list list;
+ struct dl_list wiphy_list;
+ char phyname[32];
+ unsigned int wiphy_idx;
+ u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
+ void *ctx;
+ int ifindex;
+ int if_removed;
+ int if_disabled;
+ int ignore_if_down_event;
+ struct rfkill_data *rfkill;
+ struct wpa_driver_capa capa;
+ u8 *extended_capa, *extended_capa_mask;
+ unsigned int extended_capa_len;
+ struct drv_nl80211_ext_capa {
+ enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
+ u8 *ext_capa, *ext_capa_mask;
+ unsigned int ext_capa_len;
+ } iface_ext_capa[NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX];
+ unsigned int num_iface_ext_capa;
+
+ int has_capability;
+ int has_driver_key_mgmt;
+
+ int operstate;
+
+ int scan_complete_events;
+ enum scan_states {
+ NO_SCAN, SCAN_REQUESTED, SCAN_STARTED, SCAN_COMPLETED,
+ SCAN_ABORTED, SCHED_SCAN_STARTED, SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
+ SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS
+ } scan_state;
+
+ u8 auth_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ u8 auth_attempt_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+ int associated;
+ u8 ssid[SSID_MAX_LEN];
+ size_t ssid_len;
+ enum nl80211_iftype nlmode;
+ enum nl80211_iftype ap_scan_as_station;
+ unsigned int assoc_freq;
+
+ int monitor_sock;
+ int monitor_ifidx;
+ int monitor_refcount;
+
+ unsigned int disabled_11b_rates:1;
+ unsigned int pending_remain_on_chan:1;
+ unsigned int in_interface_list:1;
+ unsigned int device_ap_sme:1;
+ unsigned int poll_command_supported:1;
+ unsigned int data_tx_status:1;
+ unsigned int scan_for_auth:1;
+ unsigned int retry_auth:1;
+ unsigned int use_monitor:1;
+ unsigned int ignore_next_local_disconnect:1;
+ unsigned int ignore_next_local_deauth:1;
+ unsigned int hostapd:1;
+ unsigned int start_mode_sta:1;
+ unsigned int start_iface_up:1;
+ unsigned int test_use_roc_tx:1;
+ unsigned int ignore_deauth_event:1;
+ unsigned int vendor_cmd_test_avail:1;
+ unsigned int roaming_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int dfs_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int have_low_prio_scan:1;
+ unsigned int force_connect_cmd:1;
+ unsigned int addr_changed:1;
+ unsigned int get_features_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int set_rekey_offload:1;
+ unsigned int p2p_go_ctwindow_supported:1;
+ unsigned int setband_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int get_pref_freq_list:1;
+ unsigned int set_prob_oper_freq:1;
+ unsigned int scan_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int connect_reassoc:1;
+ unsigned int set_wifi_conf_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int fetch_bss_trans_status:1;
+ unsigned int roam_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int add_sta_node_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int control_port_ap:1;
+ unsigned int multicast_registrations:1;
+ unsigned int no_rrm:1;
+ unsigned int get_sta_info_vendor_cmd_avail:1;
+ unsigned int fils_discovery:1;
+ unsigned int unsol_bcast_probe_resp:1;
+ unsigned int qca_do_acs:1;
+ unsigned int brcm_do_acs:1;
+
+ u64 vendor_scan_cookie;
+ u64 remain_on_chan_cookie;
+ u64 send_frame_cookie;
+#define MAX_SEND_FRAME_COOKIES 20
+ u64 send_frame_cookies[MAX_SEND_FRAME_COOKIES];
+ unsigned int num_send_frame_cookies;
+ u64 eapol_tx_cookie;
+
+ unsigned int last_mgmt_freq;
+
+ struct wpa_driver_scan_filter *filter_ssids;
+ size_t num_filter_ssids;
+
+ struct i802_bss *first_bss;
+
+ int eapol_tx_sock;
+
+ int eapol_sock; /* socket for EAPOL frames */
+
+ struct nl_sock *rtnl_sk; /* nl_sock for NETLINK_ROUTE */
+
+ struct drv_nl80211_if_info default_if_indices[16];
+ struct drv_nl80211_if_info *if_indices;
+ int num_if_indices;
+
+ /* From failed authentication command */
+ int auth_freq;
+ u8 auth_bssid_[ETH_ALEN];
+ u8 auth_ssid[SSID_MAX_LEN];
+ size_t auth_ssid_len;
+ int auth_alg;
+ u8 *auth_ie;
+ size_t auth_ie_len;
+ u8 *auth_data;
+ size_t auth_data_len;
+ u8 auth_wep_key[4][16];
+ size_t auth_wep_key_len[4];
+ int auth_wep_tx_keyidx;
+ int auth_local_state_change;
+ int auth_p2p;
+
+ /*
+ * Tells whether the last scan issued from wpa_supplicant was a normal
+ * scan (NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN) or a vendor scan
+ * (NL80211_CMD_VENDOR). 0 if no pending scan request.
+ */
+ int last_scan_cmd;
+#ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_QCA
+ bool roam_indication_done;
+ u8 *pending_roam_data;
+ size_t pending_roam_data_len;
+ struct os_reltime pending_roam_ind_time;
+#endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_QCA */
+};
+
+struct nl_msg;
+
+void * nl80211_cmd(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv,
+ struct nl_msg *msg, int flags, uint8_t cmd);
+struct nl_msg * nl80211_cmd_msg(struct i802_bss *bss, int flags, uint8_t cmd);
+struct nl_msg * nl80211_drv_msg(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv, int flags,
+ uint8_t cmd);
+struct nl_msg * nl80211_bss_msg(struct i802_bss *bss, int flags, uint8_t cmd);
+int send_and_recv_msgs(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv, struct nl_msg *msg,
+ int (*valid_handler)(struct nl_msg *, void *),
+ void *valid_data,
+ int (*ack_handler_custom)(struct nl_msg *, void *),
+ void *ack_data);
+struct nl_sock * get_connect_handle(struct i802_bss *bss);
+int nl80211_create_iface(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv,
+ const char *ifname, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
+ const u8 *addr, int wds,
+ int (*handler)(struct nl_msg *, void *),
+ void *arg, int use_existing);
+void nl80211_remove_iface(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv, int ifidx);
+unsigned int nl80211_get_assoc_freq(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv);
+int nl80211_get_assoc_ssid(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv, u8 *ssid);
+enum chan_width convert2width(int width);
+void nl80211_mark_disconnected(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv);
+struct i802_bss * get_bss_ifindex(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv,
+ int ifindex);
+int is_ap_interface(enum nl80211_iftype nlmode);
+int is_sta_interface(enum nl80211_iftype nlmode);
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate_retry(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv);
+int nl80211_get_link_signal(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv,
+ struct wpa_signal_info *sig);
+int nl80211_get_link_noise(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv,
+ struct wpa_signal_info *sig_change);
+int nl80211_get_wiphy_index(struct i802_bss *bss);
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_set_mode(struct i802_bss *bss,
+ enum nl80211_iftype nlmode);
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_mlme(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv,
+ const u8 *addr, int cmd, u16 reason_code,
+ int local_state_change,
+ struct i802_bss *bss);
+
+int nl80211_create_monitor_interface(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv);
+void nl80211_remove_monitor_interface(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv);
+int nl80211_send_monitor(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv,
+ const void *data, size_t len,
+ int encrypt, int noack);
+
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_capa(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv);
+struct hostapd_hw_modes *
+nl80211_get_hw_feature_data(void *priv, u16 *num_modes, u16 *flags,
+ u8 *dfs_domain);
+
+int process_global_event(struct nl_msg *msg, void *arg);
+int process_bss_event(struct nl_msg *msg, void *arg);
+
+const char * nl80211_iftype_str(enum nl80211_iftype mode);
+
+void nl80211_restore_ap_mode(struct i802_bss *bss);
+
+#ifdef ANDROID
+int android_nl_socket_set_nonblocking(struct nl_sock *handle);
+int android_pno_start(struct i802_bss *bss,
+ struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
+int android_pno_stop(struct i802_bss *bss);
+extern int wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_cmd(void *priv, char *cmd, char *buf,
+ size_t buf_len);
+extern int wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_event(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv,
+ u32 vendor_id, u32 subcmd,
+ u8 *data, size_t len);
+
+
+#ifdef ANDROID_P2P
+int wpa_driver_set_p2p_noa(void *priv, u8 count, int start, int duration);
+int wpa_driver_get_p2p_noa(void *priv, u8 *buf, size_t len);
+int wpa_driver_set_p2p_ps(void *priv, int legacy_ps, int opp_ps, int ctwindow);
+int wpa_driver_set_ap_wps_p2p_ie(void *priv, const struct wpabuf *beacon,
+ const struct wpabuf *proberesp,
+ const struct wpabuf *assocresp);
+#endif /* ANDROID_P2P */
+#endif /* ANDROID */
+
+
+/* driver_nl80211_scan.c */
+
+void wpa_driver_nl80211_scan_timeout(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx);
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_scan(struct i802_bss *bss,
+ struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_sched_scan(void *priv,
+ struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_stop_sched_scan(void *priv);
+struct wpa_scan_results * wpa_driver_nl80211_get_scan_results(void *priv);
+void nl80211_dump_scan(struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data *drv);
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_abort_scan(void *priv, u64 scan_cookie);
+int wpa_driver_nl80211_vendor_scan(struct i802_bss *bss,
+ struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
+int nl80211_set_default_scan_ies(void *priv, const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len);
+
+#endif /* DRIVER_NL80211_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_wext.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_wext.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6214cdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_wext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * WPA Supplicant - driver_wext exported functions
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DRIVER_WEXT_H
+#define DRIVER_WEXT_H
+
+#include <net/if.h>
+
+struct wpa_driver_wext_data {
+ void *ctx;
+ struct netlink_data *netlink;
+ int ioctl_sock;
+ int mlme_sock;
+ char ifname[IFNAMSIZ + 1];
+ char phyname[32];
+ int ifindex;
+ int ifindex2;
+ int if_removed;
+ int if_disabled;
+ struct rfkill_data *rfkill;
+ u8 *assoc_req_ies;
+ size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
+ u8 *assoc_resp_ies;
+ size_t assoc_resp_ies_len;
+ struct wpa_driver_capa capa;
+ int has_capability;
+ int we_version_compiled;
+
+ /* for set_auth_alg fallback */
+ int use_crypt;
+ int auth_alg_fallback;
+
+ int operstate;
+
+ char mlmedev[IFNAMSIZ + 1];
+
+ int scan_complete_events;
+
+ int cfg80211; /* whether driver is using cfg80211 */
+
+ u8 max_level;
+};
+
+int wpa_driver_wext_get_bssid(void *priv, u8 *bssid);
+int wpa_driver_wext_set_bssid(void *priv, const u8 *bssid);
+int wpa_driver_wext_get_ssid(void *priv, u8 *ssid);
+int wpa_driver_wext_set_ssid(void *priv, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len);
+int wpa_driver_wext_set_freq(void *priv, int freq);
+int wpa_driver_wext_set_mode(void *priv, int mode);
+int wpa_driver_wext_scan(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
+struct wpa_scan_results * wpa_driver_wext_get_scan_results(void *priv);
+
+void wpa_driver_wext_scan_timeout(void *eloop_ctx, void *timeout_ctx);
+
+int wpa_driver_wext_alternative_ifindex(struct wpa_driver_wext_data *drv,
+ const char *ifname);
+
+void * wpa_driver_wext_init(void *ctx, const char *ifname);
+void wpa_driver_wext_deinit(void *priv);
+
+int wpa_driver_wext_set_operstate(void *priv, int state);
+int wpa_driver_wext_get_version(struct wpa_driver_wext_data *drv);
+
+int wpa_driver_wext_associate(void *priv,
+ struct wpa_driver_associate_params *params);
+int wpa_driver_wext_get_capa(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_capa *capa);
+int wpa_driver_wext_set_auth_param(struct wpa_driver_wext_data *drv,
+ int idx, u32 value);
+int wpa_driver_wext_cipher2wext(int cipher);
+int wpa_driver_wext_keymgmt2wext(int keymgmt);
+
+#endif /* DRIVER_WEXT_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_wired_common.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_wired_common.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2bb0710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/driver_wired_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*
+ * Common definitions for Wired Ethernet driver interfaces
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2009, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Gunter Burchardt <tira@isx.de>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DRIVER_WIRED_COMMON_H
+#define DRIVER_WIRED_COMMON_H
+
+struct driver_wired_common_data {
+ char ifname[IFNAMSIZ + 1];
+ void *ctx;
+
+ int sock; /* raw packet socket for driver access */
+ int pf_sock;
+ int membership, multi, iff_allmulti, iff_up;
+};
+
+static const u8 pae_group_addr[ETH_ALEN] =
+{ 0x01, 0x80, 0xc2, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03 };
+
+int wired_multicast_membership(int sock, int ifindex, const u8 *addr, int add);
+int driver_wired_get_ssid(void *priv, u8 *ssid);
+int driver_wired_get_bssid(void *priv, u8 *bssid);
+int driver_wired_get_capa(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_capa *capa);
+
+int driver_wired_init_common(struct driver_wired_common_data *common,
+ const char *ifname, void *ctx);
+void driver_wired_deinit_common(struct driver_wired_common_data *common);
+
+#endif /* DRIVER_WIRED_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/drivers.mak b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/drivers.mak
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a03d4a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/drivers.mak
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+##### CLEAR VARS
+
+DRV_CFLAGS =
+DRV_WPA_CFLAGS =
+DRV_AP_CFLAGS =
+DRV_OBJS =
+DRV_WPA_OBJS =
+DRV_AP_OBJS =
+DRV_LIBS =
+DRV_WPA_LIBS =
+DRV_AP_LIBS =
+
+##### COMMON DRIVERS
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_wired.o
+NEED_DRV_WIRED_COMMON=1
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_LINUX
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_LINUX
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_macsec_linux.o
+NEED_DRV_WIRED_COMMON=1
+NEED_LIBNL=y
+CONFIG_LIBNL3_ROUTE=y
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_BRCM
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_BRCM
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_QCA
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_QCA
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_macsec_qca.o
+NEED_DRV_WIRED_COMMON=1
+endif
+
+ifdef NEED_DRV_WIRED_COMMON
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_wired_common.o
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.o
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_capa.o
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.o
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_monitor.o
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_scan.o
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_QCA
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211_QCA
+endif
+NEED_SME=y
+NEED_AP_MLME=y
+NEED_NETLINK=y
+NEED_LINUX_IOCTL=y
+NEED_RFKILL=y
+NEED_RADIOTAP=y
+NEED_LIBNL=y
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_BSD
+ifndef CONFIG_L2_PACKET
+CONFIG_L2_PACKET=freebsd
+endif
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_BSD
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_bsd.o
+CONFIG_L2_FREEBSD=y
+CONFIG_DNET_PCAP=y
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_OPENBSD
+ifndef CONFIG_L2_PACKET
+CONFIG_L2_PACKET=freebsd
+endif
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_OPENBSD
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_openbsd.o
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NONE
+DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_NONE
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_none.o
+endif
+
+##### PURE AP DRIVERS
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_HOSTAP
+DRV_AP_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_HOSTAP
+DRV_AP_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_hostap.o
+CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXTENSION=y
+NEED_AP_MLME=y
+NEED_NETLINK=y
+NEED_LINUX_IOCTL=y
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_ATHEROS
+DRV_AP_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_ATHEROS
+DRV_AP_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_atheros.o
+CONFIG_L2_PACKET=linux
+NEED_NETLINK=y
+NEED_LINUX_IOCTL=y
+ifdef ATH_GCM_SUPPORT
+CFLAGS += -DATH_GCM_SUPPORT
+endif
+endif
+
+##### PURE CLIENT DRIVERS
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT
+DRV_WPA_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT
+CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXTENSION=y
+NEED_NETLINK=y
+NEED_LINUX_IOCTL=y
+NEED_RFKILL=y
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NDIS
+DRV_WPA_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_NDIS
+DRV_WPA_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_ndis.o
+ifdef CONFIG_NDIS_EVENTS_INTEGRATED
+DRV_WPA_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_ndis_.o
+endif
+ifndef CONFIG_L2_PACKET
+CONFIG_L2_PACKET=pcap
+endif
+CONFIG_WINPCAP=y
+ifdef CONFIG_USE_NDISUIO
+DRV_WPA_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_USE_NDISUIO
+endif
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_ROBOSWITCH
+DRV_WPA_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DRIVER_ROBOSWITCH
+DRV_WPA_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_roboswitch.o
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXTENSION
+DRV_WPA_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_WIRELESS_EXTENSION
+DRV_WPA_OBJS += ../src/drivers/driver_wext.o
+NEED_RFKILL=y
+endif
+
+ifdef NEED_NETLINK
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/netlink.o
+endif
+
+ifdef NEED_RFKILL
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/rfkill.o
+endif
+
+ifdef NEED_RADIOTAP
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/utils/radiotap.o
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN
+NEED_LINUX_IOCTL=y
+ifdef CONFIG_VLAN_NETLINK
+NEED_LIBNL=y
+CONFIG_LIBNL3_ROUTE=y
+endif
+endif
+
+ifdef NEED_LINUX_IOCTL
+DRV_OBJS += ../src/drivers/linux_ioctl.o
+endif
+
+ifdef NEED_LIBNL
+ifndef CONFIG_LIBNL32
+ifndef CONFIG_LIBNL20
+ifndef CONFIG_LIBNL_TINY
+PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
+HAVE_LIBNL3 := $(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --exists libnl-3.0; echo $$?)
+ifeq ($(HAVE_LIBNL3),0)
+CONFIG_LIBNL32=y
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+
+ifdef CONFIG_LIBNL32
+ DRV_LIBS += -lnl-3
+ DRV_LIBS += -lnl-genl-3
+ ifdef LIBNL_INC
+ DRV_CFLAGS += -I$(LIBNL_INC)
+ else
+ PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
+ DRV_CFLAGS += $(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --cflags libnl-3.0)
+ endif
+ ifdef CONFIG_LIBNL3_ROUTE
+ DRV_LIBS += -lnl-route-3
+ DRV_CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_LIBNL3_ROUTE
+ endif
+else
+ ifdef CONFIG_LIBNL_TINY
+ DRV_LIBS += -lnl-tiny
+ else
+ ifndef CONFIG_OSX
+ DRV_LIBS += -lnl
+ DRV_LIBS += -lnl-genl
+ endif
+ endif
+endif
+endif
+
+##### COMMON VARS
+DRV_BOTH_CFLAGS := $(DRV_CFLAGS) $(DRV_WPA_CFLAGS) $(DRV_AP_CFLAGS)
+DRV_WPA_CFLAGS += $(DRV_CFLAGS)
+DRV_AP_CFLAGS += $(DRV_CFLAGS)
+
+DRV_BOTH_LIBS := $(DRV_LIBS) $(DRV_WPA_LIBS) $(DRV_AP_LIBS)
+DRV_WPA_LIBS += $(DRV_LIBS)
+DRV_AP_LIBS += $(DRV_LIBS)
+
+DRV_BOTH_OBJS := $(DRV_OBJS) $(DRV_WPA_OBJS) $(DRV_AP_OBJS)
+DRV_WPA_OBJS += $(DRV_OBJS)
+DRV_AP_OBJS += $(DRV_OBJS)
+
+DRV_BOTH_LDFLAGS := $(DRV_LDFLAGS) $(DRV_WPA_LDFLAGS) $(DRV_AP_LDFLAGS)
+DRV_WPA_LDFLAGS += $(DRV_LDFLAGS)
+DRV_AP_LDFLAGS += $(DRV_LDFLAGS)
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_defines.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_defines.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a107479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_defines.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * Linux defines for values that are not yet included in common C libraries
+ * Copyright (c) 2014, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LINUX_DEFINES_H
+#define LINUX_DEFINES_H
+
+#ifndef SO_WIFI_STATUS
+# if defined(__sparc__)
+# define SO_WIFI_STATUS 0x0025
+# elif defined(__parisc__)
+# define SO_WIFI_STATUS 0x4022
+# else
+# define SO_WIFI_STATUS 41
+# endif
+
+# define SCM_WIFI_STATUS SO_WIFI_STATUS
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS
+#define SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS 4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PACKET_TX_TIMESTAMP
+#define PACKET_TX_TIMESTAMP 16
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IFF_LOWER_UP
+#define IFF_LOWER_UP 0x10000 /* driver signals L1 up */
+#endif
+#ifndef IFF_DORMANT
+#define IFF_DORMANT 0x20000 /* driver signals dormant */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IF_OPER_DORMANT
+#define IF_OPER_DORMANT 5
+#endif
+#ifndef IF_OPER_UP
+#define IF_OPER_UP 6
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LINUX_DEFINES_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_ioctl.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_ioctl.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6de4d9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_ioctl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/*
+ * Linux ioctl helper functions for driver wrappers
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2010, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LINUX_IOCTL_H
+#define LINUX_IOCTL_H
+
+int linux_set_iface_flags(int sock, const char *ifname, int dev_up);
+int linux_iface_up(int sock, const char *ifname);
+int linux_get_ifhwaddr(int sock, const char *ifname, u8 *addr);
+int linux_set_ifhwaddr(int sock, const char *ifname, const u8 *addr);
+int linux_br_add(int sock, const char *brname);
+int linux_br_del(int sock, const char *brname);
+int linux_br_add_if(int sock, const char *brname, const char *ifname);
+int linux_br_del_if(int sock, const char *brname, const char *ifname);
+int linux_br_get(char *brname, const char *ifname);
+int linux_master_get(char *master_ifname, const char *ifname);
+
+#endif /* LINUX_IOCTL_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_wext.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_wext.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e7c7001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/linux_wext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * Driver interaction with generic Linux Wireless Extensions
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2011, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LINUX_WEXT_H
+#define LINUX_WEXT_H
+
+#ifndef ANDROID
+
+/*
+ * Avoid including other kernel header to avoid conflicts with C library
+ * headers.
+ */
+#define _LINUX_TYPES_H
+#define _LINUX_SOCKET_H
+#define _LINUX_IF_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+typedef uint32_t __u32;
+typedef int32_t __s32;
+typedef uint16_t __u16;
+typedef int16_t __s16;
+typedef uint8_t __u8;
+#ifndef __user
+#define __user
+#endif /* __user */
+
+#endif /* ANDROID */
+
+#include <linux/wireless.h>
+
+#ifndef IW_ENCODE_ALG_PMK
+#define IW_ENCODE_ALG_PMK 4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IW_ENC_CAPA_4WAY_HANDSHAKE
+#define IW_ENC_CAPA_4WAY_HANDSHAKE 0x00000010
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LINUX_WEXT_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/netlink.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/netlink.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3a7340e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/netlink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ * Netlink helper functions for driver wrappers
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2009, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NETLINK_H
+#define NETLINK_H
+
+struct netlink_data;
+struct ifinfomsg;
+
+struct netlink_config {
+ void *ctx;
+ void (*newlink_cb)(void *ctx, struct ifinfomsg *ifi, u8 *buf,
+ size_t len);
+ void (*dellink_cb)(void *ctx, struct ifinfomsg *ifi, u8 *buf,
+ size_t len);
+};
+
+struct netlink_data * netlink_init(struct netlink_config *cfg);
+void netlink_deinit(struct netlink_data *netlink);
+int netlink_send_oper_ifla(struct netlink_data *netlink, int ifindex,
+ int linkmode, int operstate);
+
+#endif /* NETLINK_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/nl80211_copy.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/nl80211_copy.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f962c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/nl80211_copy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7302 @@
+#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
+#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
+/*
+ * 802.11 netlink interface public header
+ *
+ * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
+ * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
+ * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
+ * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
+ * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
+ * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
+ * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
+ * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
+ * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
+ * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
+ * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
+ *
+ * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
+ * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
+ * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
+ * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
+ * can actually be identified and removed.
+ * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
+ */
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
+
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
+#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
+
+#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
+#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
+#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
+#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Station handling
+ *
+ * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
+ * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
+ * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
+ * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
+ * to.
+ *
+ * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
+ * capabilities.
+ *
+ * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
+ * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
+ * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
+ * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
+ * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
+ * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
+ * time mark it authorized.
+ * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
+ * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
+ * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
+ *
+ * TODO: need more info for other interface types
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
+ *
+ * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
+ * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
+ * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
+ * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
+ * for various reasons.
+ *
+ * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
+ * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
+ * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
+ * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
+ * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
+ * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
+ * for doing that.
+ *
+ * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
+ * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
+ * attributes so applications know what to expect.
+ *
+ * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
+ * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
+ * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
+ * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
+ * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
+ * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
+ *
+ * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
+ * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
+ * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
+ * status is indicated to the sending socket.
+ *
+ * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
+ * below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
+ *
+ * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
+ * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
+ * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
+ * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
+ *
+ * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
+ * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
+ * types there no concurrency is implied.
+ *
+ * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
+ * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
+ * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
+ * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
+ * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
+ * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
+ * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
+ *
+ * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
+ * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
+ * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
+ * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
+ * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
+ * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
+ * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
+ * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
+ *
+ * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
+ * interfaces that a given device supports.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: packet coalesce support
+ *
+ * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
+ * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
+ * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
+ * and power consumption.
+ *
+ * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
+ * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
+ * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
+ * following events occur.
+ * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
+ * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
+ * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
+ * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
+ *
+ * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
+ * rule.
+ * a) Maximum coalescing delay
+ * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
+ * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
+ * Multiple such rules can be created.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
+ *
+ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
+ * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
+ * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
+ * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
+ * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
+ * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
+ * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
+ *
+ * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
+ * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
+ * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
+ * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
+ * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
+ * not present.
+ *
+ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
+ * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
+ * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
+ * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
+ * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
+ * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
+ * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
+ *
+ * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
+ * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
+ *
+ * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
+ * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
+ * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
+ * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
+ * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
+ * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
+ * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
+ * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
+ * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
+ * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
+ * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
+ *
+ * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
+ * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
+ * up a connection or after roaming.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
+ * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
+ * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
+ * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
+ *
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
+ * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
+ * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
+ * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
+ * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
+ * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
+ * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: SAE authentication offload
+ *
+ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
+ * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
+ * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
+ * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
+ *
+ * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
+ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
+ * respectively.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
+ *
+ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
+ * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
+ * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
+ * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
+ * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
+ * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
+ * that main netdev.
+ *
+ * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
+ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: TID configuration
+ *
+ * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
+ * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
+ *
+ * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
+ * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
+ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
+ *
+ * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
+ * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
+ * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
+ * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
+ * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
+ * will be overwritten.
+ *
+ * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
+ * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
+ * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
+ * the interface goes down.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
+ * to get a list of all present wiphys.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
+ * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
+ * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
+ * compatibility only.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
+ * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
+ * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
+ * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
+ * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
+ * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
+ * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
+ * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
+ * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
+ * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
+ * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
+ * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
+ * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
+ * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
+ * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
+ * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
+ * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
+ * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
+ * attributes determining channel width.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
+ * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
+ * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
+ * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
+ * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
+ * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
+ * frame).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
+ * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
+ * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
+ * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
+ * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
+ * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
+ * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
+ * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
+ * global regdomain will be returned.
+ * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
+ * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
+ * information will still be mended according to further hints from
+ * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
+ * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
+ * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
+ * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
+ * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
+ * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
+ * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
+ * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
+ * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
+ * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
+ * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
+ * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
+ * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
+ * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
+ * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
+ * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
+ * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
+ * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
+ * added to all specified management frames generated by
+ * kernel/firmware/driver.
+ * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
+ * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
+ * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
+ * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
+ * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
+ * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
+ * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
+ * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
+ * be used.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
+ * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
+ * partial scan results may be available
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
+ * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
+ * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
+ * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
+ * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
+ * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
+ * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
+ * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
+ * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
+ * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
+ * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
+ * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
+ * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
+ * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
+ * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
+ * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
+ * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
+ * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
+ * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
+ * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
+ * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
+ * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
+ * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
+ * results available.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
+ * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
+ * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
+ * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
+ * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
+ * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
+ * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
+ * or noise level
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
+ * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
+ * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
+ * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
+ * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
+ * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
+ * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
+ * ESS.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
+ * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
+ * authentication.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
+ * has been changed and provides details of the request information
+ * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
+ * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
+ * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
+ * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
+ * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
+ * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
+ * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
+ * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
+ * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
+ * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
+ * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
+ * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
+ * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
+ * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
+ * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
+ * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
+ * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
+ * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
+ * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
+ * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
+ * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
+ * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
+ * the beacon hint was processed.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
+ * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
+ * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
+ * authentication process.
+ * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
+ * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
+ * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
+ * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
+ * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
+ * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
+ * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
+ * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
+ * to the frame.
+ * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
+ * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
+ * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
+ * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
+ * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
+ * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
+ * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
+ * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
+ * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
+ * pending authentication timed out).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
+ * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
+ * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
+ * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
+ * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
+ * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
+ * included).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
+ * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
+ * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
+ * primitives).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
+ * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
+ * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
+ * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
+ * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
+ * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
+ * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
+ * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
+ * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
+ * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
+ * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
+ * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
+ * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
+ * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
+ * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
+ * determined by the network interface.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
+ * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
+ * to the driver.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
+ * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
+ * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
+ * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
+ * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
+ * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
+ * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
+ * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
+ * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
+ * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
+ * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
+ * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
+ * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
+ * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
+ * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
+ * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
+ * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
+ * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
+ * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
+ * a different BSS is desired.
+ * Background scan period can optionally be
+ * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
+ * if not specified default background scan configuration
+ * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
+ * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
+ * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
+ * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
+ * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
+ * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
+ * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
+ * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
+ * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
+ * well to remain backwards compatible.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
+ * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
+ * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
+ * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
+ * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
+ * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
+ * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
+ * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
+ * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
+ * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
+ * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
+ * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
+ * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
+ * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
+ * frequency for the operation.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
+ * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
+ * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
+ * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
+ * radio).
+ * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
+ * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
+ * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
+ * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
+ * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
+ * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
+ * uniquely identify the request.
+ * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
+ * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
+ * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
+ * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
+ * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
+ * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
+ * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
+ * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
+ * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
+ * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
+ * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
+ * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
+ * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
+ * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
+ * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
+ * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
+ * backward compatibility
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
+ * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
+ * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
+ * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
+ * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
+ * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
+ * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
+ * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
+ * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
+ * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
+ * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
+ * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
+ * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
+ * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
+ * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
+ * is used during CSA period.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
+ * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
+ * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
+ * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
+ * wait time.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
+ * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
+ * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
+ * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
+ * the frame.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
+ * backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
+ * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
+ * levels.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
+ * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
+ * reached.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
+ * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
+ * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
+ * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
+ * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
+ * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
+ * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
+ * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
+ * precedence when they are used.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
+ * (no longer supported).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
+ * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
+ * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
+ * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
+ * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
+ * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
+ * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
+ * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
+ * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
+ * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
+ * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
+ * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
+ * command, the feature is disabled.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
+ * mesh config parameters may be given.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
+ * network is determined by the network interface.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
+ * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
+ * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
+ * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
+ * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
+ * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
+ * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
+ * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
+ * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
+ * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
+ * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
+ * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
+ * depending on the authentication result.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
+ * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
+ * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
+ * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
+ * more background information, see
+ * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
+ * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
+ * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
+ * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
+ * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
+ * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
+ * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
+ * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
+ * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
+ * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
+ * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
+ * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
+ * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
+ * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
+ * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
+ * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
+ * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
+ * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
+ * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
+ * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
+ * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
+ * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
+ * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
+ * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
+ * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
+ * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
+ * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
+ * is received.
+ * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
+ * other attributes like the interface index are present.
+ * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
+ * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
+ * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
+ * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
+ * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
+ * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
+ * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
+ * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
+ * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
+ * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
+ * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
+ * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
+ * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
+ * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
+ * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
+ * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
+ * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
+ * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
+ * from the remote AP) is completed;
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
+ * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
+ * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
+ * initiated on our own). It indicates that
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
+ * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
+ * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
+ * interfaces to change channel as well.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
+ * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
+ * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
+ * public action frame TX.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
+ * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
+ * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
+ * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
+ * is used for this.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
+ * for IBSS or MESH vif.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
+ * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
+ * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
+ * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
+ * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
+ * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
+ * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
+ * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
+ * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
+ * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
+ * while operating on this channel.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
+ * event.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
+ * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
+ * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
+ * Information Element to the WLAN driver
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
+ * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
+ * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
+ * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
+ * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
+ * complete.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
+ * return back to normal.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
+ * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
+ * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
+ * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
+ * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
+ * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
+ * switch is complete.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
+ * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
+ * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
+ * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
+ * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
+ * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
+ * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
+ * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
+ * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
+ * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
+ * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
+ * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
+ * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
+ * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
+ * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
+ * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
+ * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
+ * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
+ * fail even if the check was successful.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
+ * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
+ * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
+ * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
+ * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
+ * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
+ * network is determined by the network interface.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
+ * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
+ * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
+ * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
+ * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
+ * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
+ * AP.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
+ * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
+ * when this command completes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
+ * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
+ * management.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
+ * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
+ * cfg80211_scan_done().
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
+ * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
+ * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
+ * cluster. This command must have a valid
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
+ * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
+ * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
+ * added.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
+ * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
+ * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
+ * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
+ * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
+ * of the function upon success.
+ * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
+ * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
+ * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
+ * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
+ * which just terminated.
+ * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
+ * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
+ * the response to this command.
+ * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
+ * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
+ * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
+ * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
+ * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
+ * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
+ * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
+ * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
+ * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
+ * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
+ * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
+ * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
+ * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
+ * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
+ * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
+ * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
+ * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
+ * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
+ * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
+ * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
+ * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
+ * should be indicated instead.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
+ * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
+ * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
+ * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
+ * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
+ * 802.11 headers.
+ * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
+ * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
+ * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
+ * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
+ * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
+ * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
+ * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
+ * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
+ *
+ * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
+ * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
+ * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
+ * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
+ * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
+ * further with the association after getting successful authentication
+ * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
+ * command interface.
+ *
+ * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
+ * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
+ * initiated the connection through the connect request.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
+ * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
+ * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
+ * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
+ * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
+ * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
+ * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
+ * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
+ * the netlink extended ack message.
+ *
+ * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
+ *
+ * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
+ * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
+ * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
+ * buffer size.
+ *
+ * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
+ * multiple concurrent measurements.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
+ * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
+ * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
+ * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
+ * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
+ * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
+ * determining the width and type.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
+ * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
+ * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
+ * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
+ * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
+ * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
+ * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
+ * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
+ * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
+ * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
+ * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
+ * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
+ * rate selection.
+ *
+ * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
+ * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
+ * content. The frame is ethernet data.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
+ * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
+ * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
+ * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
+ * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
+ * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
+ * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
+ * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
+ * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
+ * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
+ * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_commands {
+/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
+ NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
+ NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
+ NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
+ NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
+ NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
+ NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
+ NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
+ NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
+ NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
+ NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
+ NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
+ NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
+ NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
+ NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
+ NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
+ NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
+ NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
+ NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
+ NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
+ NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
+ NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
+ NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
+ NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
+ NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
+ NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
+ NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
+ NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
+ NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
+ NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
+ NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
+ NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
+ NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
+ NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
+ NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
+ NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
+ NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
+ NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
+
+ NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
+
+ /* add new commands above here */
+
+ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
+ __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/*
+ * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
+ * here
+ */
+#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
+#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
+#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
+#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
+#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
+#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
+#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
+#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
+
+#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
+
+/* source-level API compatibility */
+#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
+#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
+#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
+ * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
+ * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
+ * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
+ * documentation of the enum for more information.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
+ * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
+ * operating channel center frequency.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
+ * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
+ * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
+ * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
+ * this attribute)
+ * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
+ * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
+ * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
+ * This attribute is now deprecated.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
+ * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
+ * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
+ * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
+ * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
+ * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
+ * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
+ * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
+ * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
+ * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
+ * that don't have a netdev (u64)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
+ * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
+ * keys
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
+ * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
+ * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
+ * default management key
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
+ * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
+ * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
+ * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
+ * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
+ * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
+ * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
+ * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
+ * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
+ * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
+ * consisting of a nested array.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
+ * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
+ * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
+ * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
+ * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
+ * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
+ * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
+ * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
+ * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
+ * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
+ * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
+ * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
+ * to a specific alpha2.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
+ * rules.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
+ * (u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
+ * (u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
+ * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
+ * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
+ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
+ * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
+ * of the interface mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
+ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
+ * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
+ * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
+ * that can be added to a scan request
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
+ * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
+ * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
+ * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
+ * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
+ * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
+ * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
+ * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
+ * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
+ * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
+ * represented as a u32
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
+ * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
+ * a u32
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
+ * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
+ * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
+ * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
+ * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
+ * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
+ * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
+ * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
+ * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
+ * cipher suites
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
+ * for other networks on different channels
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
+ * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
+ * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
+ * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
+ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
+ * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
+ * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
+ * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
+ * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
+ * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
+ * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
+ * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
+ * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
+ * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
+ * default in station mode.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
+ * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
+ * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
+ * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
+ * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
+ * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
+ * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
+ * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
+ * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
+ * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
+ * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
+ * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
+ * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
+ * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
+ * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
+ * frames are not forwared over the control port.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
+ * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
+ * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
+ * a local disconnect request.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
+ * event (u16)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
+ * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
+ * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
+ * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
+ * (an array of u32).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
+ * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
+ * u32).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
+ * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
+ * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
+ * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
+ * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
+ * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
+ * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
+ * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
+ * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
+ * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
+ * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
+ * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
+ * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
+ * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
+ * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
+ * used for the initial association to an ESS.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
+ * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
+ * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
+ * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
+ * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
+ * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
+ * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
+ * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
+ * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
+ * completely from scratch.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
+ * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
+ * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
+ * cache, a wiphy attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
+ * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
+ * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
+ * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
+ * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
+ * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
+ * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
+ * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
+ * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
+ * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
+ * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
+ * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
+ * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
+ * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
+ * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
+ * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
+ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
+ * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
+ * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
+ * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
+ * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
+ * acknowledged by the recipient.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
+ * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
+ * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
+ * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
+ * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
+ * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
+ * connected to this BSS.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
+ * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
+ * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
+ * for non-automatic settings.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
+ * means support for per-station GTKs.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
+ * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
+ * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
+ * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
+ *
+ * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
+ * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
+ * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
+ * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
+ * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
+ * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
+ * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
+ * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
+ * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
+ * support by returning -EINVAL.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
+ * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
+ * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
+ * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
+ * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
+ * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
+ * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
+ * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
+ * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
+ * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
+ * nl80211 capability flag.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
+ * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
+ * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
+ * changed once the mesh is active.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
+ * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
+ * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
+ * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
+ * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
+ * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
+ * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
+ * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
+ * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
+ * triggers.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
+ * cycles, in msecs.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
+ * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
+ * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
+ * pass-thru filter rules.
+ * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
+ * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
+ * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
+ * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
+ * able to ignore them by itself.
+ * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
+ * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
+ * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
+ * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
+ * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
+ * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
+ * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
+ * If omitted, no filtering is done.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
+ * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
+ * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
+ * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
+ * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
+ * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
+ * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
+ * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
+ * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
+ * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
+ * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
+ * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
+ * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
+ * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
+ * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
+ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
+ * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
+ * (Re)Association Request frames.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
+ * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
+ * as AP.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
+ * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
+ * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
+ * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
+ * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
+ * applications use this attribute.
+ * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
+ * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
+ * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
+ * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
+ * TDLS conversation between two devices.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
+ * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
+ * as a TDLS peer sta.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
+ * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
+ * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
+ * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
+ * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
+ * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
+ * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
+ * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
+ * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
+ * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
+ * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
+ * requests while operating in AP-mode.
+ * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
+ * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
+ * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
+ * to be filled by the FW.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
+ * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
+ * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
+ * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
+ * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
+ * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
+ * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
+ * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
+ * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
+ * The values that may be configured are:
+ * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
+ * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
+ * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
+ * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
+ * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
+ * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
+ * to one DFS region.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
+ * up to 16 TIDs.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
+ * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
+ * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
+ * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
+ * capability to timeout the stations.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
+ * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
+ * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
+ * or 0 to disable background scan.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
+ * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
+ * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
+ * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
+ * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
+ * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
+ * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
+ * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
+ * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
+ * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
+ * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
+ * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
+ * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
+ * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
+ * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
+ * consistent.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
+ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
+ * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
+ * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
+ * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
+ * no change is made.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
+ * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
+ * carried in a u32 attribute
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
+ * MAC ACL.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
+ * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
+ * ACL.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
+ * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
+ * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
+ * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
+ * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
+ * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
+ * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
+ * and PU-APSD.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
+ * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
+ * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
+ * messages, given with wiphy dump message
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
+ * Element
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
+ * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
+ * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
+ * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
+ * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
+ * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
+ * until the channel switch event.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
+ * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
+ * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
+ * was requested by the AP.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
+ * for the time while performing a channel switch.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
+ * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
+ * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
+ * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
+ * operating classes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
+ * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
+ * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
+ * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
+ * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
+ * IBSS network.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
+ * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
+ * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
+ * Notification Element based on association request when used with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
+ * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
+ * u8 attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
+ * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
+ * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
+ * info, containing a nested array of possible events
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
+ * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
+ * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
+ * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
+ * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
+ * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
+ * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
+ * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
+ * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
+ * supported number of csa counters.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
+ * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
+ * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
+ * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
+ * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
+ * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
+ * be stopped when the socket is closed.
+ * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
+ * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
+ * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
+ * cleared when the socket is closed.
+ * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
+ * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
+ * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
+ * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
+ * multicast group.
+ * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
+ * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
+ * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
+ * torn down when the socket is closed.
+ * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
+ * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
+ * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
+ * disabled when the socket is closed.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
+ * the TDLS link initiator.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
+ * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
+ * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
+ * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
+ * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
+ * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
+ * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
+ * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
+ * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
+ * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
+ * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
+ * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
+ * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
+ * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
+ * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
+ * setting valid value for coverage class.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
+ * (per second) (u16 attribute)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
+ * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
+ * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
+ * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
+ * cfg80211 regdomain.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
+ * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
+ * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
+ * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
+ * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
+ * of byte 3 (u8 array).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
+ * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
+ * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
+ * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
+ * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
+ * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
+ * over all channels.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
+ * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
+ * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
+ * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
+
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
+ * is operating in an indoor environment.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
+ * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
+ * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
+ * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
+ * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
+ * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
+ * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
+ * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
+ * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
+ * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
+ * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
+ * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
+ * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
+ * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
+ * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
+ * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
+ * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
+ * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
+ * interface type.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
+ * groupID for monitor mode.
+ * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
+ * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
+ * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
+ * that group and 0 for not being a member.
+ * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
+ * each group.
+ * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
+ * group numbers on least significant bits.)
+ * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
+ * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
+ * groupID data.
+ * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
+ * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
+ * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
+ * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
+ * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
+ * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
+ * attribute must not be included).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
+ * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
+ * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
+ * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
+ * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
+ * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
+ * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
+ * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
+ * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
+ * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
+ * should not be used during a normal device operation.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
+ * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
+ * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
+ * would be set. This attribute is used with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
+ * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
+ * the device will decide what to use.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
+ * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
+ * attribute.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
+ * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
+ * protection.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
+ * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
+ * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
+ * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
+ * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
+ * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
+ * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
+ * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
+ * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
+ * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
+ * unnecessary wakeups.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
+ * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
+ * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
+ * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
+ * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
+ * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
+ * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
+ * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
+ * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
+ * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
+ * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
+ * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
+ * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
+ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
+ * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
+ * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
+ * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
+ * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
+ * is included as well.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
+ * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
+ * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
+ * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
+ * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
+ * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
+ * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
+ * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
+ * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
+ * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
+ * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
+ * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
+ * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
+ * nl80211_txq_stats)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
+ * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
+ * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
+ * enforced.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
+ * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
+ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
+ * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
+ * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
+ * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
+ * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
+ * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
+ * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
+ * invalid value.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
+ * data, uses nested attributes specified in
+ * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
+ * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
+ * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
+ * scheduler.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
+ * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
+ * possible values.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
+ * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
+ * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
+ * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
+ * or per-station.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
+ * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
+ * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
+ * functionality.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
+ * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
+ * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
+ * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
+ * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
+ * (u16).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
+ * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
+ * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
+ * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
+ * advertised for a specific interface type.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
+ * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
+ * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
+ * attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
+ * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
+ * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
+ * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
+ * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
+ * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
+ * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
+ * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
+ * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
+ * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
+ * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
+ * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
+ * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
+ * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
+ * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
+ * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
+ * has expired.
+ *
+ * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
+ * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
+ * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
+ * disassociation is still forced.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
+ * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
+ * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
+ * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
+ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
+ * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
+ * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
+ * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
+ * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
+ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
+ * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
+ * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
+ * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
+ * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
+ * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
+ * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
+ * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
+ * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
+ * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
+ * is desired.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_attrs {
+/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
+ NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
+ NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
+ NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
+ NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
+ NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
+ NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_IE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
+ NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
+ NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
+
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PID,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
+ NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
+ NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
+ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
+ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
+ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
+ NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
+ NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
+ NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
+ NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
+ NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
+ NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
+ NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
+ NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
+ NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
+ NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
+ NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
+ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
+ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
+ NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
+
+ /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
+
+ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/* source-level API compatibility */
+#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
+#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
+#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
+#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
+#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
+#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
+
+/*
+ * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
+ * here
+ */
+#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
+#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
+#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
+#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
+#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
+#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
+#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
+#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
+#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
+#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
+#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
+#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
+#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
+#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
+#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
+
+#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
+
+#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
+#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
+#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
+#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
+#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
+#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
+#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
+#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
+#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
+#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
+#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
+#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
+
+#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
+
+/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
+#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
+
+#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
+ *
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
+ * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
+ * AP type interface.
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
+ * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
+ * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
+ * commands to create and destroy one
+ * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
+ * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
+ * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
+ *
+ * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
+ * to set the type of an interface.
+ *
+ */
+enum nl80211_iftype {
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
+ *
+ * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
+ * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
+ * with short barker preamble
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
+ * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
+ * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
+ * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
+ * as errors.)
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
+ * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
+ * previously added station into associated state
+ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_flags {
+ __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
+ NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
+ NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
+ NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
+ NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
+ NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
+ NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
+ NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
+ *
+ * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
+ * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
+ * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
+ NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
+ NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
+
+ NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
+};
+
+#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
+ * @mask: mask of station flags to set
+ * @set: which values to set them to
+ *
+ * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
+ */
+struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
+ __u32 mask;
+ __u32 set;
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
+ */
+enum nl80211_he_gi {
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
+ */
+enum nl80211_he_ltf {
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
+ */
+enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
+ * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
+ * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
+ * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
+ * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
+ * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
+ * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
+ * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
+ * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
+ * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
+ * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
+ * half the base (20 MHz) rate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
+ * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
+ * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
+ * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
+ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
+ * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
+ * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_rate_info {
+ __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
+ * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
+ * (flag)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
+ * (flag)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
+ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
+ __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
+ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
+ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
+ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
+ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
+ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
+ * when getting information about a station.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
+ * (u32, from this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
+ * (u32, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
+ * (u64, from this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
+ * (u64, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
+ * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
+ * (u32, from this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
+ * (u32, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
+ * (u32, to this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
+ * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
+ * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
+ * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
+ * non-peer STA
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
+ * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
+ * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
+ * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
+ * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
+ * (u64)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
+ * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
+ * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
+ * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
+ * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
+ * attributes carrying the actual values.
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
+ * received from the station (u64, usec)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
+ * (u32, from this station)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
+ * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
+ * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
+ * might not be fully accurate.
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
+ * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
+ * sent to the station (u64, usec)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
+ * of STA's association
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
+ * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
+ * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_info {
+ __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
+#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
+
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
+ * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
+ * attempted to transmit; u64)
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
+ * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
+ * MSDUs (u64)
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
+ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
+ */
+enum nl80211_tid_stats {
+ __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
+ NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
+ NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
+ NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
+ NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
+ NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
+ NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
+ NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
+ * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
+ * backlogged
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
+ * (only for per-phy stats)
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
+ */
+enum nl80211_txq_stats {
+ __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
+ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
+ */
+enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
+ NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
+ NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
+ NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
+ NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
+ NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
+ * information about a mesh path.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
+ * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
+ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
+ * currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_mpath_info {
+ __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
+ * for each interface type that supports the band data
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
+ * capabilities IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
+ * capabilities IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
+ * capabilities IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
+ * defined in HE capabilities IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
+ * defined
+ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
+ * given for all 6 GHz band channels
+ * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
+ __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
+ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
+ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
+ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
+ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
+ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
+ * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
+ * an array of nested frequency attributes
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
+ * an array of nested bitrate attributes
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
+ * defined in 802.11n
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
+ * defined in 802.11ac
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
+ * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
+ * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
+ * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
+ * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
+ * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
+ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_band_attr {
+ __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
+
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
+
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
+
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
+ * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
+ * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
+ * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
+ * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
+ * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
+ */
+enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
+ __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
+ NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
+ NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
+ NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
+ NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
+ NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
+ * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
+ * regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
+ * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
+ * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
+ * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
+ * (100 * dBm).
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
+ * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
+ * this channel is in this DFS state.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
+ * channel as the control channel
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
+ * channel as the control channel
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
+ * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
+ * this includes 80+80 channels
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
+ * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
+ * isn't possible
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
+ * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
+ * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
+ * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
+ * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
+ * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
+ * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
+ * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
+ * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
+ * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
+ * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
+ * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
+ * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
+ * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
+ * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
+ * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
+ * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
+ * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
+ * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
+ * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
+ * in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
+ * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
+ * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
+ * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
+ * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
+ * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
+ * currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ *
+ * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
+ * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
+ * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
+ * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
+ */
+enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
+ __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
+ __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
+ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
+ * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
+ * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
+ * in 2.4 GHz band.
+ * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
+ * currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
+ __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
+ NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
+ NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
+ * regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
+ * regulatory domain.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
+ * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
+ * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
+ * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
+ * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
+ * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
+ * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
+ * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
+ */
+enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
+ NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
+ NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
+ NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
+ NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
+ * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
+ * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
+ * domain.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
+ * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
+ * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
+ * them to be applied.
+ * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
+ * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
+ * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
+ * domain request to be processed.
+ */
+enum nl80211_reg_type {
+ NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
+ NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
+ NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
+ NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
+ * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
+ * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
+ * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
+ * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
+ * band edge.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
+ * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
+ * band edge.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
+ * frequency range, in KHz.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
+ * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
+ * If you don't have one then don't send this.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
+ * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
+ * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
+ * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
+ * currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
+ __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
+ NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
+ NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
+
+ NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
+ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
+ * only report BSS with matching SSID.
+ * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
+ * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
+ * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
+ * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
+ * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
+ * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
+ * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
+ * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
+ * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
+ * relative to current bss's RSSI.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
+ * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
+ * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
+ * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
+ * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
+ * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
+ * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
+ * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
+ * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
+ * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
+ * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
+ * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
+ * attribute number currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
+ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
+ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/* only for backward compatibility */
+#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
+ *
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
+ * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
+ * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
+ * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
+ * beaconing.
+ * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
+ * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
+ * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
+ * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
+ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
+ */
+enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
+ NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
+ NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
+ NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
+ __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
+ NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
+ NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
+};
+
+#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
+ NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
+#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
+
+/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
+#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
+ *
+ * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
+ * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
+ * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
+ * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
+ */
+enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
+ NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
+ NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
+ NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
+ NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
+ *
+ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
+ * assumed if the attribute is not set.
+ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
+ * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
+ * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
+ * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
+ * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
+ * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
+ * present has been registered with the wireless core that
+ * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
+ * supported feature.
+ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
+ * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
+ */
+enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
+ NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
+ NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
+ NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
+ * when getting information about a survey.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
+ * was turned on (on channel or globally)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
+ * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
+ * channel was sensed busy
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
+ * receiving data (on channel or globally)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
+ * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
+ * (on this channel or globally)
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
+ * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
+ * currently defined
+ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
+ * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_survey_info {
+ __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/* keep old names for compatibility */
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
+#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
+ *
+ * Monitor configuration flags.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
+ * overrides all other flags.
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
+ * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
+ */
+enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
+ __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
+ NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
+ NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
+ NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
+ NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
+ NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
+ NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
+ * not known or has not been set yet.
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
+ * in Awake state all the time.
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
+ * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
+ * neighbor's beacons.
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
+ * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
+ * for neighbor's beacons.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
+ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
+ */
+
+enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
+ NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
+ NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
+ NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
+ NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
+
+ __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
+ *
+ * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
+ * active.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
+ * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
+ * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
+ * millisecond units
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
+ * on this mesh interface
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
+ * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
+ * mesh
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
+ * point.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
+ * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
+ * set.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
+ * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
+ * target)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
+ * (in milliseconds)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
+ * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
+ * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
+ * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
+ * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
+ * reference element
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
+ * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
+ * mesh
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
+ * source mesh point for path selection elements.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
+ * root announcements are transmitted.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
+ * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
+ * Announcement frames.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
+ * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
+ * PERR element.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
+ * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
+ * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
+ * a peer link.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
+ * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
+ * (see 11C.12.2.2)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
+ * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
+ * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
+ * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
+ * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
+ * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
+ * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
+ * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
+ * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
+ * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
+ * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
+ * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
+ * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
+ * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
+ * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
+ * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
+ * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
+ * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
+ * in the mesh formation field.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
+ __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
+ *
+ * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
+ * changed while the mesh is active.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
+ * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
+ * default HWMP.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
+ * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
+ * metric.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
+ * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
+ * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
+ * metrics in use.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
+ * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
+ * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
+ * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
+ * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
+ * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
+ * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
+ * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
+ * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
+ * userspace daemon.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
+ * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
+ * neighbor offset synchronization
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
+ * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
+ * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
+ * Default is no authentication method required.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
+ __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
+ * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
+ * disabled
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
+ * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
+ * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
+ * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_txq_attr {
+ __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
+ NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
+ NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
+ NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
+ NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
+ NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+enum nl80211_ac {
+ NL80211_AC_VO,
+ NL80211_AC_VI,
+ NL80211_AC_BE,
+ NL80211_AC_BK,
+ NL80211_NUM_ACS
+};
+
+/* backward compat */
+#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
+#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
+#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
+#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
+#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
+ * below the control channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
+ * above the control channel
+ */
+enum nl80211_channel_type {
+ NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
+ NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
+ NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
+ NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
+ *
+ * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
+ * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
+ *
+ * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
+ * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
+ *
+ * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
+ * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
+ * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
+ * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
+ * the preferred Tx key for the station.
+ */
+enum nl80211_key_mode {
+ NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
+ NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
+ NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
+ *
+ * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
+ * attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ * attribute must be provided as well
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ * attribute must be provided as well
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
+ * attribute must be provided as well
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
+ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
+ */
+enum nl80211_chan_width {
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
+ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
+ *
+ * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
+ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
+ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
+ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
+ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
+ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
+ * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
+ * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
+ * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
+ * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
+ * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
+ * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
+ * they are from a Beacon frame.
+ * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
+ * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
+ * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
+ * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
+ * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
+ * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
+ * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
+ * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
+ * yet been received
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
+ * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
+ * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
+ * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
+ * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
+ * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
+ * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
+ * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
+ * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
+ * is set.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
+ * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
+ * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
+ * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss {
+ __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
+ NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
+ NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
+ NL80211_BSS_TSF,
+ NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
+ NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
+ NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
+ NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
+ NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
+ NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
+ NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
+ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
+ NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
+ NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
+ NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
+ NL80211_BSS_PAD,
+ NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
+ NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
+ NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
+ NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
+ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
+ * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
+ * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
+ * a given BSS.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
+ *
+ * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
+ * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss_status {
+ NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
+ NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
+ NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
+ *
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
+ * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
+ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
+ * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
+ * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
+ */
+enum nl80211_auth_type {
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
+ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
+ * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
+ * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
+ * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
+ */
+enum nl80211_key_type {
+ NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
+ NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
+ NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
+
+ NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
+ * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
+ * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
+ * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
+ */
+enum nl80211_mfp {
+ NL80211_MFP_NO,
+ NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
+ NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
+};
+
+enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
+ NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
+ NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
+ NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
+ * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
+ * unicast key
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
+ * multicast key
+ * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
+ */
+enum nl80211_key_default_types {
+ __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
+ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
+ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
+
+ NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
+ * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
+ * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
+ * keys
+ * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
+ * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
+ * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
+ * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
+ * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
+ * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
+ * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
+ * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
+ * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
+ * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
+ * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
+ * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
+ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_key_attributes {
+ __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
+ NL80211_KEY_DATA,
+ NL80211_KEY_IDX,
+ NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
+ NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
+ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
+ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
+ NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
+ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
+ NL80211_KEY_MODE,
+ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
+ * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
+ * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
+ * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
+ * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
+ * in an array of MCS numbers.
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
+ * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
+ * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
+ * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
+ __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
+#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
+ * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
+ */
+struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
+ __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
+};
+
+#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
+ * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
+ */
+struct nl80211_txrate_he {
+ __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
+};
+
+enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
+ NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
+ NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
+ * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
+ * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
+ * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
+ * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
+ * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
+ * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
+ * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
+ */
+enum nl80211_band {
+ NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
+ NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
+ NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
+ NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
+ NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
+
+ NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
+ * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
+ * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
+ */
+enum nl80211_ps_state {
+ NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
+ NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
+ * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
+ * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
+ * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
+ * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
+ * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
+ * crosses any of the thresholds.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
+ * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
+ * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
+ * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
+ * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
+ * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
+ * checked.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
+ * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
+ * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
+ * loss event
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
+ * RSSI threshold event.
+ * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
+ __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
+ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
+ * configured threshold
+ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
+ * configured threshold
+ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
+ */
+enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
+ NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
+ NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
+ NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
+ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
+ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
+ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
+ */
+enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
+ NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
+ NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
+ NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
+ */
+enum nl80211_tid_config {
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
+};
+
+/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
+ * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
+ * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
+ * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
+ */
+enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
+ NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
+ NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
+ NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
+};
+
+/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
+ * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
+ * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
+ * per peer instead.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
+ * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
+ * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
+ * should be left untouched.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
+ * Its type is u16.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
+ * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
+ * Its type is u8.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
+ * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
+ * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
+ * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
+ * output in wiphy capabilities.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
+ * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
+ * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
+ * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
+ * output in wiphy capabilities.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
+ * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
+ * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
+ * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
+ * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
+ * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
+ * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
+ * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
+ * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
+ * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
+ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
+ * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
+ * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
+ * station.
+ */
+enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
+ __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
+ * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
+ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
+ * a zero bit are ignored
+ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
+ * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
+ * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
+ * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
+ * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
+ * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
+ * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
+ * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
+ * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
+ * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
+ * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
+ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
+ * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
+ * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
+ __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
+ NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
+ NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
+ NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
+
+ NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
+ MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
+ * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
+ * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
+ * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
+ * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
+ *
+ * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
+ * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
+ * by the kernel to userspace.
+ */
+struct nl80211_pattern_support {
+ __u32 max_patterns;
+ __u32 min_pattern_len;
+ __u32 max_pattern_len;
+ __u32 max_pkt_offset;
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+/* only for backward compatibility */
+#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
+#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
+#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
+#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
+#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
+#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
+#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
+ * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
+ * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
+ * support for low-power operation already (flag)
+ * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
+ * any others are even supported by the device.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
+ * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
+ * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
+ * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
+ * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
+ * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
+ * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
+ * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
+ * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
+ *
+ * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
+ * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
+ *
+ * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
+ * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
+ * to the kernel when configuring.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
+ * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
+ * by the device (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
+ * done by the device) (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
+ * packet (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
+ * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
+ * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
+ * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
+ * attribute contains the original length.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
+ * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
+ * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
+ * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
+ * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
+ * contains the original length.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
+ * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
+ * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
+ * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
+ * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
+ * the TCP connection.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
+ * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
+ * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
+ * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
+ * service
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
+ * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
+ * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
+ * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
+ * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
+ * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
+ * attribute is also sent in a response to
+ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
+ * supported by the driver (u32).
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
+ * containing an array with information about what triggered the
+ * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
+ * that the information is not available. If more than one
+ * element is present, it means that more than one match
+ * occurred.
+ * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
+ * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
+ * these attributes must be present. If
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
+ * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
+ * channel.
+ * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
+ * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
+ *
+ * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
+ * to report the wakeup reason(s).
+ */
+enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
+ __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
+ MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
+ *
+ * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
+ * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
+ * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
+ * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
+ * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
+ * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
+ * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
+ * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
+ * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
+ *
+ * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
+ * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
+ * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
+ * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
+ * also woken up.
+ *
+ * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
+ * response packets might not go through correctly.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
+ * @start: starting value
+ * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
+ * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
+ *
+ * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
+ * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
+ * in little endian.
+ */
+struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
+ __u32 start, offset, len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
+ * @offset: offset of token in packet
+ * @len: length of each token
+ * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
+ * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
+ */
+struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
+ __u32 offset, len;
+ __u8 token_stream[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
+ * @min_len: minimum token length
+ * @max_len: maximum token length
+ * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
+ */
+struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
+ __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
+ * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
+ * (in network byte order)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
+ * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
+ * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
+ * might require ARP querying.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
+ * socket and port will be allocated
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
+ * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
+ * of the data payload.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
+ * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
+ * advertising it is just a flag
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
+ * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
+ * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
+ * interval in feature advertising (u32)
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
+ * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
+ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
+ * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
+ * but on the TCP payload only.
+ * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
+ * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
+ __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
+ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
+ MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
+ * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
+ * @pat: packet pattern support information
+ * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
+ *
+ * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
+ * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
+ */
+struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
+ __u32 max_rules;
+ struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
+ __u32 max_delay;
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
+ * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
+ * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
+ * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
+ * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
+ __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
+ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
+ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
+ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
+ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
+ * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
+ * in a rule are matched.
+ * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
+ * in a rule are not matched.
+ */
+enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
+ NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
+ NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
+ * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
+ * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
+ * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
+ * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
+ NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
+ NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
+ NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
+ MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
+ * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
+ * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
+ * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
+ * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
+ * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
+ * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
+ * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
+ * different channels may be used within this group.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
+ * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
+ * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
+ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
+ * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
+ * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
+ * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
+ * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
+ * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
+ *
+ * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
+ * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
+ *
+ * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
+ * => allows two STAs on different channels
+ *
+ * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
+ * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
+ *
+ * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
+ * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
+ * that any of these groups must match.
+ *
+ * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
+ * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
+ * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
+ * interface type, the following group always exists:
+ * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
+ */
+enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
+ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
+ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
+ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
+ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
+ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
+ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
+ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
+ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
+ MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
+ * state of non existent mesh peer links
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
+ * this mesh peer
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
+ * from this mesh peer
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
+ * received from this mesh peer
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
+ * plink are discarded
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
+ * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
+ */
+enum nl80211_plink_state {
+ NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
+ NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
+ NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
+ NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
+ NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
+ NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
+ NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
+ MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
+ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
+ */
+enum plink_actions {
+ NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
+ NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
+ NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
+
+ NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
+};
+
+
+#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
+#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
+#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
+#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
+#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
+ * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
+ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
+ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
+ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
+ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
+ * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
+ */
+enum nl80211_rekey_data {
+ __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
+ NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
+ NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
+ NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
+ NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
+ MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
+ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
+ * Beacon frames)
+ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
+ * in Beacon frames
+ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
+ * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
+ */
+enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
+ NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
+ NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
+ NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
+ * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
+ * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
+ * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
+ * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
+ * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
+ * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
+ * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
+ __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
+ NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
+ NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
+ * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
+ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
+ * priority)
+ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
+ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
+ * (internal)
+ * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
+ * (internal)
+ */
+enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
+ __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
+ NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
+ NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
+ NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
+ MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
+ */
+enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
+ NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
+ NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
+ NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
+ NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
+ NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
+};
+
+/*
+ * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
+ * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
+ * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
+enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
+};
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
+ * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
+ * socket option.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
+ * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
+ * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
+ * cellular base stations.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
+ * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
+ * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
+ * mode
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
+ * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
+ * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
+ * setting
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
+ * powersave
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
+ * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
+ * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
+ * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
+ * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
+ * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
+ * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
+ * states using station flags.
+ * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
+ * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
+ * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
+ * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
+ * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
+ * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
+ * still generated by the driver.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
+ * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
+ * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
+ * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
+ * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
+ * lifetime of a BSS.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
+ * Set IE to probe requests.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
+ * to probe requests.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
+ * requests sent to it by an AP.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
+ * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
+ * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
+ * Measurement Report action frame.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
+ * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
+ * to enable dynack.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
+ * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
+ * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
+ * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
+ * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
+ * rts/cts handshake.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
+ * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
+ * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
+ * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
+ * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
+ * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
+ * operating as a TDLS peer.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
+ * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
+ * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
+ * address mask/value will be used.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
+ * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
+ * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
+ * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
+ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
+ * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
+ * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
+ * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
+ */
+enum nl80211_feature_flags {
+ NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
+ /* bit 13 is reserved */
+ NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
+ NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
+ * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
+ * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
+ * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
+ * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
+ * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
+ * certain groups which can be configured by the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
+ * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
+ * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
+ * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
+ * (if available).
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
+ * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
+ * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
+ * (if available).
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
+ * channel dwell time.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
+ * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
+ * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
+ * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
+ * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
+ * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
+ * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
+ * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
+ * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
+ * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
+ * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
+ * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
+ * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
+ * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
+ * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
+ * be supported.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
+ * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
+ * actual dwell time.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
+ * response
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
+ * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
+ * probe request tx deferral and suppression
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
+ * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
+ * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
+ * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
+ * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
+ * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
+ * "radar detected" event.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
+ * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
+ * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
+ * TXQs.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
+ * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
+ * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
+ * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
+ * timing measurement responder role.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
+ * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
+ * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
+ * freeze the connection.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
+ * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
+ * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
+ * scheduling.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
+ * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
+ * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
+ * to a station.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
+ * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
+ * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
+ * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
+ * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
+ * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
+ * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
+ * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
+ * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
+ * handled as ordinary data frames.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
+ * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
+ * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
+ * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
+ * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
+ * included in the scan request.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
+ * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
+ * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
+ * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
+ * command).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
+ * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
+ * frames transmission
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
+ * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
+ * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
+ * exchange protocol.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
+ * exchange protocol.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
+ * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
+ * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
+ * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
+ */
+enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
+ /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
+ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
+
+ /* add new features before the definition below */
+ NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
+ MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
+ * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
+ * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
+ * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
+ * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
+ * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
+ * to the host.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
+ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
+ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
+ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
+ */
+enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
+ NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
+ NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
+ NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
+ NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
+ * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
+ * handled by the AP is reached.
+ * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
+ */
+enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
+ NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
+ NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
+ *
+ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
+ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
+ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
+ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
+ */
+enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
+ NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
+ NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
+ NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
+ NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
+ *
+ * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
+ * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
+ * requests.
+ *
+ * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
+ * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
+ * one of them can be used in the request.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
+ * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
+ * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
+ * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
+ * when really needed
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
+ * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
+ * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
+ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
+ * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
+ * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
+ * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
+ * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
+ * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
+ * request parameters IE in the probe request
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
+ * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
+ * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
+ * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
+ * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
+ * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
+ * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
+ * SSID and/or RSSI.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
+ * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
+ * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
+ * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
+ * impacted with this flag.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
+ * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
+ * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
+ * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
+ * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
+ * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
+ * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
+ * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
+ * possible.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
+ * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
+ * added by userspace explicitly.)
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
+ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
+ * 2.4/5 GHz APs
+ */
+enum nl80211_scan_flags {
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
+ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
+ *
+ * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
+ * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
+ * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
+ * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
+ * in ACL to authenticate.
+ * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
+ * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
+ */
+enum nl80211_acl_policy {
+ NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
+ NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
+ *
+ * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
+ * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
+ * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
+ * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
+ */
+enum nl80211_smps_mode {
+ NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
+ NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
+ NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
+
+ __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
+ *
+ * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
+ * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
+ *
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
+ * now unusable.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
+ * the channel is now available.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
+ * change to the channel status.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
+ * over, channel becomes usable.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
+ * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
+ * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
+ * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
+ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
+ * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
+ */
+enum nl80211_radar_event {
+ NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
+ NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
+ NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
+ NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
+ NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
+ NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
+ *
+ * Channel states used by the DFS code.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
+ * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
+ * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
+ * is therefore marked as not available.
+ * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
+ */
+enum nl80211_dfs_state {
+ NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
+ NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
+ NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
+ * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
+ * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
+ * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
+ */
+enum nl80211_protocol_features {
+ NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
+ *
+ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
+ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
+ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
+ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
+ * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
+ */
+enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
+ NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
+ NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
+ NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
+ NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
+ /* add other protocols before this one */
+ NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
+};
+
+/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
+#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
+ *
+ * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
+ *
+ * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
+ * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
+ * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
+ * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
+ * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
+ */
+enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
+ NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
+ NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
+};
+
+/*
+ * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
+ * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
+ * yet, so that's not valid so far)
+ */
+#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
+ * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
+ * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
+ * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
+ * added to this file when needed.
+ * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
+ */
+struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
+ __u32 vendor_id;
+ __u32 subcmd;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
+ *
+ * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
+ * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
+ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
+ */
+enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
+ NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
+ NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
+ NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
+ NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
+ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
+ * seconds (u32).
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
+ * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
+ * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
+ * make the scan plan meaningless.
+ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
+ * currently defined
+ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
+ */
+enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
+ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
+ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
+ *
+ * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
+ * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
+ * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
+ */
+struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
+ __u8 band;
+ __s8 delta;
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
+ * is requested.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
+ * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
+ * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
+ * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
+ * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
+ * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
+ * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
+ * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
+ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
+ * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
+ *
+ * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
+ * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
+ * which the driver shall use.
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
+ __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
+ NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
+ NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
+ NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
+ *
+ * Defines the function type of a NAN function
+ *
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
+ *
+ * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
+ *
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
+ * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
+ NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
+ NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
+ *
+ * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
+ *
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
+};
+
+#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
+#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
+#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
+ * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
+ * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
+ * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
+ * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
+ * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
+ * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
+ * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
+ * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
+ * is follow up. This is a u8.
+ * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
+ * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
+ * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
+ * This is a flag.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
+ * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
+ * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
+ * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
+ * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
+ * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
+ * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
+ * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
+ __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
+ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
+ * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
+ * This is a flag.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
+ * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
+ * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
+ * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
+ * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
+ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
+ __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
+ NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
+ NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
+ NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
+ NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
+ NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
+ * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
+ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
+ * match. This is a nested attribute.
+ * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
+ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
+ * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
+ * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
+ __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
+ NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
+ NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
+ NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
+ * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
+ * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
+ * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
+ */
+enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
+ NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
+ NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
+ * responder attributes
+ * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
+ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
+ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
+ * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
+ * i.e. starting with the measurement token
+ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
+ * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
+ * i.e. starting with the measurement token
+ * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
+ */
+enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
+ __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
+ NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
+ NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
+ NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+/*
+ * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
+ *
+ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
+ * when getting FTM responder statistics.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
+ * were ssfully answered (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
+ * frames were successfully answered (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
+ * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
+ * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
+ * phase with the responder (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
+ * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
+ * FTM slot (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
+ * scheduled window (u32)
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
+ * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
+ __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
+ NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
+ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
+ */
+enum nl80211_preamble {
+ NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
+ NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
+ NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
+ NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
+ NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
+ * these numbers also for attributes
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
+ NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
+
+ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
+ NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
+ * reason may be available in the response data
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
+ NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
+ NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
+ NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
+ NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
+ * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
+ * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
+ * (flag attribute)
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
+ __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
+ NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
+ NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
+ * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
+ * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
+ * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
+ * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
+ * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
+ * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
+ * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
+ * (u64, usec)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
+ * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
+ * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
+ * result.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
+ __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
+ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
+ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
+ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
+ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
+ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
+ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
+ * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
+ * measurement type, with attributes from the
+ * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
+ * measurement type, with attributes from the
+ * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
+ __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
+ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
+ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
+ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
+ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
+ * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
+ * measurements can be done with in a single request
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
+ * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
+ * measurement results
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
+ * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
+ * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
+ * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
+ * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
+ * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
+ * sub-attributes taken from
+ * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
+ __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
+ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
+ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
+ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
+ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
+ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
+ * is supported
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
+ * mode is supported
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
+ * data can be requested during the measurement
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
+ * location data can be requested during the measurement
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
+ * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
+ * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
+ * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
+ * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
+ * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
+ * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
+ * is valid)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
+ * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
+ * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
+ * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
+ __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
+ * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
+ * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
+ * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
+ * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
+ * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
+ * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
+ * requested per burst
+ * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
+ * (u8, default 3)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
+ * (flag)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
+ * measurement (flag).
+ * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
+ * mutually exclusive.
+ * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
+ * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
+ * ranging will be used.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
+ * ranging measurement (flag)
+ * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
+ * mutually exclusive.
+ * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
+ * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
+ * ranging will be used.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
+ * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
+ * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
+ __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
+ * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
+ * try and get no response)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
+ * received
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
+ * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
+ * by the peer and are no longer supported
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
+ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
+ * (u32, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
+ * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
+ * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
+ * transmitted (u32, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
+ * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
+ * busy peer (u32, seconds)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
+ * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
+ * the responder (similar to request, u8)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
+ * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
+ * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
+ * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
+ * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
+ * attributes)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
+ * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
+ * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
+ * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
+ * optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
+ * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
+ * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
+ * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
+ * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
+ * Type 8.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
+ * (binary, optional);
+ * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
+ * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
+ * Type 11.
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
+ *
+ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
+ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
+ */
+enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
+ __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
+ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
+ * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
+ * tx power offset.
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
+ * values used by members of the SRG.
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
+ * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
+ */
+enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
+ __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
+ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
+ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
+ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
+ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
+ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
+ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
+ * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
+ * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
+ * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
+ */
+enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
+ __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
+ NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
+ NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
+ NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
+ * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
+ * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
+ * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
+ * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
+ */
+enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
+ __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
+ NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
+ * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
+ * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
+ * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
+ * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
+ * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
+ * frame including the headers.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
+ __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
+ NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
+ NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
+ NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/*
+ * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
+ * mandatory fields.
+ */
+#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
+ * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
+ *
+ * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
+ * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
+ * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
+ * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
+ * frame template (binary).
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
+ __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
+ NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
+
+ /* keep last */
+ __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
+ NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
+ __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
+ * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
+ * used.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
+ * attribute is not present from userspace.
+ * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
+ * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
+ * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
+ * can be used.
+ */
+enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
+ NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
+ NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
+ NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
+ NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
+ *
+ */
+enum nl80211_sar_type {
+ NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
+
+ /* add new type here */
+
+ /* Keep last */
+ NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
+ * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
+ * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
+ *
+ * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
+ * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
+ *
+ * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
+ * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
+ * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
+ *
+ * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
+ */
+enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
+ __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
+ NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
+
+ __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
+ NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
+ * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
+ * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
+ * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
+ * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
+ * is applied to this range.
+ *
+ * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
+ * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
+ * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
+ * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
+ * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
+ * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
+ * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
+ *
+ * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
+ * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
+ * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
+ *
+ * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
+ * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
+ * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
+ *
+ * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
+ * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
+ */
+enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
+ __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
+
+ NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
+ NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
+ NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
+ NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
+
+ __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
+ NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
+};
+
+#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/priv_netlink.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/priv_netlink.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d3f091c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/priv_netlink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * wpa_supplicant - Private copy of Linux netlink/rtnetlink definitions.
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PRIV_NETLINK_H
+#define PRIV_NETLINK_H
+
+/*
+ * This should be replaced with user space header once one is available with C
+ * library, etc..
+ */
+
+#ifndef IFF_LOWER_UP
+#define IFF_LOWER_UP 0x10000 /* driver signals L1 up */
+#endif
+#ifndef IFF_DORMANT
+#define IFF_DORMANT 0x20000 /* driver signals dormant */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IFLA_IFNAME
+#define IFLA_IFNAME 3
+#endif
+#ifndef IFLA_WIRELESS
+#define IFLA_WIRELESS 11
+#endif
+#ifndef IFLA_OPERSTATE
+#define IFLA_OPERSTATE 16
+#endif
+#ifndef IFLA_LINKMODE
+#define IFLA_LINKMODE 17
+#define IF_OPER_DORMANT 5
+#define IF_OPER_UP 6
+#endif
+
+#define NLM_F_REQUEST 1
+
+#define NETLINK_ROUTE 0
+#define RTMGRP_LINK 1
+#define RTM_BASE 0x10
+#define RTM_NEWLINK (RTM_BASE + 0)
+#define RTM_DELLINK (RTM_BASE + 1)
+#define RTM_SETLINK (RTM_BASE + 3)
+
+#define NLMSG_ALIGNTO 4
+#define NLMSG_ALIGN(len) (((len) + NLMSG_ALIGNTO - 1) & ~(NLMSG_ALIGNTO - 1))
+#define NLMSG_HDRLEN ((int) NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nlmsghdr)))
+#define NLMSG_LENGTH(len) ((len) + NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nlmsghdr)))
+#define NLMSG_SPACE(len) NLMSG_ALIGN(NLMSG_LENGTH(len))
+#define NLMSG_DATA(nlh) ((void*) (((char*) nlh) + NLMSG_LENGTH(0)))
+#define NLMSG_NEXT(nlh,len) ((len) -= NLMSG_ALIGN((nlh)->nlmsg_len), \
+ (struct nlmsghdr *) \
+ (((char *)(nlh)) + NLMSG_ALIGN((nlh)->nlmsg_len)))
+#define NLMSG_OK(nlh,len) ((len) >= (int) sizeof(struct nlmsghdr) && \
+ (nlh)->nlmsg_len >= sizeof(struct nlmsghdr) && \
+ (int) (nlh)->nlmsg_len <= (len))
+#define NLMSG_PAYLOAD(nlh,len) ((nlh)->nlmsg_len - NLMSG_SPACE((len)))
+
+#define RTA_ALIGNTO 4
+#define RTA_ALIGN(len) (((len) + RTA_ALIGNTO - 1) & ~(RTA_ALIGNTO - 1))
+#define RTA_OK(rta,len) \
+((len) > 0 && (rta)->rta_len >= sizeof(struct rtattr) && \
+(rta)->rta_len <= (len))
+#define RTA_NEXT(rta,attrlen) \
+((attrlen) -= RTA_ALIGN((rta)->rta_len), \
+(struct rtattr *) (((char *)(rta)) + RTA_ALIGN((rta)->rta_len)))
+#define RTA_LENGTH(len) (RTA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct rtattr)) + (len))
+#define RTA_SPACE(len) RTA_ALIGN(RTA_LENGTH(len))
+#define RTA_DATA(rta) ((void *) (((char *) (rta)) + RTA_LENGTH(0)))
+#define RTA_PAYLOAD(rta) ((int) ((rta)->rta_len) - RTA_LENGTH(0))
+
+
+struct sockaddr_nl
+{
+ sa_family_t nl_family;
+ unsigned short nl_pad;
+ u32 nl_pid;
+ u32 nl_groups;
+};
+
+struct nlmsghdr
+{
+ u32 nlmsg_len;
+ u16 nlmsg_type;
+ u16 nlmsg_flags;
+ u32 nlmsg_seq;
+ u32 nlmsg_pid;
+};
+
+struct ifinfomsg
+{
+ unsigned char ifi_family;
+ unsigned char __ifi_pad;
+ unsigned short ifi_type;
+ int ifi_index;
+ unsigned ifi_flags;
+ unsigned ifi_change;
+};
+
+struct rtattr
+{
+ unsigned short rta_len;
+ unsigned short rta_type;
+};
+
+#endif /* PRIV_NETLINK_H */
diff --git a/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/rfkill.h b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/rfkill.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0412ac3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ap/app/hostapd-2.10/src/drivers/rfkill.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Linux rfkill helper functions for driver wrappers
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
+ *
+ * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
+ * See README for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef RFKILL_H
+#define RFKILL_H
+
+struct rfkill_data;
+
+struct rfkill_config {
+ void *ctx;
+ char ifname[IFNAMSIZ];
+ void (*blocked_cb)(void *ctx);
+ void (*unblocked_cb)(void *ctx);
+};
+
+struct rfkill_data * rfkill_init(struct rfkill_config *cfg);
+void rfkill_deinit(struct rfkill_data *rfkill);
+int rfkill_is_blocked(struct rfkill_data *rfkill);
+
+#endif /* RFKILL_H */